[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2013118566A1 - Process for producing optical film - Google Patents

Process for producing optical film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013118566A1
WO2013118566A1 PCT/JP2013/050971 JP2013050971W WO2013118566A1 WO 2013118566 A1 WO2013118566 A1 WO 2013118566A1 JP 2013050971 W JP2013050971 W JP 2013050971W WO 2013118566 A1 WO2013118566 A1 WO 2013118566A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cellulose ester
range
optical film
resin
solvent
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2013/050971
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
睦美 笠原
山田 るみ子
直輝 高橋
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc
Publication of WO2013118566A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013118566A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L33/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C08L33/06Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, which oxygen atoms are present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • C08L33/10Homopolymers or copolymers of methacrylic acid esters
    • C08L33/12Homopolymers or copolymers of methyl methacrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • G02B1/105
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for producing an optical film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for producing an optical film in which surface roughness does not occur even when a film having a thinner film thickness than that of the conventional film is formed by a melt casting method and gel-like foreign matters are reduced.
  • PMMA Polymethyl methacrylate
  • acrylic resins a representative of conventional acrylic resins
  • the PMMA film has poor heat resistance, and there has been a problem that the shape changes when used under high temperatures or for long-term use.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and a solution to the problem is that a conventional optical film is formed by melt casting using a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for producing an optical film in which surface roughness does not occur and gel-like foreign matters are reduced when a film is formed thinner than this film thickness.
  • the present inventor in the process of examining the cause of the above problems, surface roughness generated during melt casting film formation, residual unreacted monomer that is an impurity in the acrylic resin, residual polymerization start It has been found that the reactivity of the agent, the residual chain transfer agent, etc. is increased by heating, and is produced by the formation of a high molecular weight substance that is presumed to be an aggregation of acrylic resin or cellulose ester resin. It has also been found that residual unreacted monomers, residual polymerization initiators and residual chain transfer agents, which are impurities in the acrylic resin, become gel-like foreign substances by reacting with part of the cellulose ester resin.
  • the present inventors have found that surface roughness and generation of gel-like foreign matters can be suppressed by reducing the generation of a high molecular weight substance that is presumed to be an aggregation of an acrylic resin or a cellulose ester resin.
  • a method for producing an optical film for melt casting using a resin composition containing at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin in a mass ratio within a range of 95: 5 to 30:70 comprising: A method for producing an optical film, characterized in that the high molecular weight product formation rate H defined by the following formula is within the range of 0 to 10%.
  • H (a / b) ⁇ 100 (%)
  • H is a molecular weight (Mw) on the horizontal axis and a detection sensitivity value on the vertical axis in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement of the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin.
  • Mw molecular weight
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the positive differential area (a) is an area on the higher molecular weight side than the molecular weight value indicating the GPC detection sensitivity peak value before heating of the resin composition.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is in the range of 2.0 ⁇ 10 4 to 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 , and the content of residual unreacted monomer in the acrylic resin is in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm. 2.
  • the above-mentioned means of the present invention is used to form a film with a thickness smaller than that of a conventional optical film by melt casting using a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin, surface roughness occurs. And a method for producing an optical film with reduced gelled foreign matters can be provided. Moreover, the optical film manufactured by this optical film manufacturing method can be provided.
  • the phenomenon of surface roughness is that an unintended high molecular weight body is generated in the resin composition when the resin composition is heated and melted, and the high molecular weight body is the resin composition. Since the compatibility with the product is inferior, it is presumed that it appears on the surface of the web in the film forming stage and the surface state becomes irregular uneven shape.
  • Acrylic resins are usually obtained by polymerizing monomers such as methyl methacrylate in the presence of a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent, so that residual components such as unreacted monomers, polymerization initiators, chain transfer agents, etc. May be included. It is presumed that these residual components are activated at the time of heat-melting and react with an acrylic resin or a cellulose ester resin to produce the unintended high molecular weight body. At the same time, it is presumed that the residual component reacts with a part of the cellulose ester resin to form a gel-like foreign material.
  • the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is heated at a specific temperature and time condition to suppress the formed high molecular weight polymer within a certain amount, so that the residual unreacted
  • the content of monomers, residual polymerization initiators and residual chain transfer agents can be reduced, and unintentional high molecular weight products can be suppressed.
  • a method for producing an optical film in which surface roughness does not occur and gelled foreign matters are reduced can be provided.
  • GPC peak area before heating of resin composition containing acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin (b) Change in peak area of GPC before and after heating resin composition containing acrylic resin and cellulose ester at 260 ° C. for 1 hour Positive differential area according to the present invention (a) Diagram showing an example of acrylic resin synthesis method Schematic diagram showing an example of film production equipment
  • the method for producing an optical film of the present invention is an optical film for melt casting using a resin composition containing at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin in a mass ratio within a range of 95: 5 to 30:70.
  • a production method characterized in that the high molecular weight product formation rate H calculated by the above method of the resin composition is in the range of 0 to 10%, and this structure is an effect of the present invention. Even when the cast film is formed thinner than the conventional film thickness, the occurrence of surface roughness is prevented.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is in the range of 2.0 ⁇ 10 4 to 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 and
  • the content of residual unreacted monomer is preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm.
  • the residual initiator content of the acrylic resin is in the range of 10 to 500 ppm, and the residual chain transfer agent content is in the range of 10 to 500 ppm, which further enhances the effect of preventing surface roughness. Therefore, it is preferable.
  • the cellulose ester resin is a purified cellulose ester resin produced by the method for producing the specific cellulose ester resin.
  • the cellulose ester resin reacts with the residual unreacted monomer, the residual polymerization initiator and the residual chain transfer agent to produce the high molecular weight product. Which component of the cellulose ester resin is denatured into the high molecular weight material still remains. Do not go out of speculation. However, it has been found that the use of a purified cellulose ester resin produced by the method for producing a cellulose ester resin can reduce the generation of high molecular weight bodies and, at the same time, reduce the occurrence of gelled foreign substances.
  • the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester resin is in the range of 1 to 150 ppm, respectively, because the effect of reducing the occurrence of gelled foreign matters can be further enhanced.
  • the thickness of the optical film is preferably in the range of 10 to 35 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of thinning the liquid crystal display.
  • the optical film produced by the method for producing an optical film of the present invention is an optical film which is a thin film, excellent in surface shape and high in heat resistance, and suitable for various display devices other than a polarizing plate protective film and a liquid crystal display device. It is.
  • is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the surface roughness referred to in the present invention refers to a phenomenon in which irregular irregularities are generated on the film surface with a size that can be visually confirmed. For example, it refers to a state in which the surface of the optical film is rough like a pine skin or a dried rice paper.
  • the phenomenon of surface roughness is that an unintended high molecular weight product is generated in the resin composition when the resin composition is heated and melted, and the high molecular weight material is poor in compatibility with the resin composition. It is presumed that it appears on the surface of the web in the film forming stage and the surface state becomes irregular irregular shapes.
  • the gel-like foreign material is a minute foreign material that can be confirmed with a microscope or the like.
  • the shape is various, for example, it is specified as a gel by the following test method.
  • the number of gel-like foreign matters in the optical film is, for example, cut out 1 m 2 minutes from the winding of the optical film obtained by melt casting film formation, hitting the light of the fluorescent lamp to the film, and visually checking the uneven reflection of the surface Then, the content of the confirmed part is examined with an optical microscope, separated from external foreign substances such as dust, and the longest diameter (the longest diameter connecting the end portion of the particle projection image) is less than 100 ⁇ m. Are counted as the number of gel-like foreign matters.
  • the gelled foreign matter is preferably less than 100 pieces / m 2 , more preferably 50 pieces / m 2 or less, and particularly preferably 10 pieces / m 2 or less.
  • FIG. 1 shows a GPC measurement before heating using a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin.
  • the horizontal axis is the molecular weight and the vertical axis is a waveform plotted with the detection sensitivity value. b).
  • FIG. 2 is an example of a change in the waveform of GPC before and after a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin was heated at a temperature of 260 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • FIG. 3 shows the detection sensitivity obtained by subtracting the GPC detection sensitivity value before heating the resin composition from the GPC detection sensitivity value after heating the resin composition of acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin at 260 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the value difference is plotted against the horizontal axis molecular weight (Mw).
  • the positive difference area (a) of the detection sensitivity value difference as used in the field of this invention is an area which exists in the high molecular weight side from the molecular weight value which shows the GPC peak before the heating of this resin composition.
  • the polymer production rate H according to the present invention is a value obtained by dividing the positive difference area (a) by the area (b) of the GPC before heating, as shown by the following formula.
  • Formula H (a / b) ⁇ 100 (%)
  • a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin, which are samples is applied to about 5 to 10 mg of a sample using a thermal analysis apparatus (EXSTAR6000 TG / DTA) manufactured by SII. Heat for 1 hour while maintaining the temperature at 260 ° C. in a nitrogen stream.
  • the heating condition of 260 ° C. for 1 hour is set by simulating the temperature and elapsed time that the resin composition receives from the production apparatus during the melt casting film formation.
  • the molecular weight is measured by the following GPC using the obtained sample before and after heating.
  • the area of the area (b) and the positive difference area (a) from the waveform measured by GPC it can be calculated using area analysis software.
  • the area can be obtained using a multi-station GPC-8020 model II manufactured by Tosoh Corporation.
  • the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is generating a high molecular weight product by heating during melt casting film formation.
  • this value can be kept within the range of 0 to 10% in a practical system, the surface roughness of the optical film formed thinner than before is rough. The above range was set after confirming that there was no.
  • the high molecular weight production rate H according to the present invention is required to obtain the effect of the present invention within the range of 0 to 10%, and preferably within the range of 0 to 6%. And the generation of gel-like foreign matters are preferred from the viewpoint of being able to significantly suppress the generation.
  • the acrylic resin according to the present invention may be an acrylic resin having an aromatic ring in the side chain or an acrylic resin having a cyclohexyl group in the side chain, and the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is 2.0 ⁇ 10 4 to It is preferably within the range of 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 . Within this range, excellent heat resistance and compatibility with the cellulose ester resin are excellent.
  • the acrylic resin according to the present invention includes an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and a hydroxy group in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb and Xa having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydroxy group.
  • a polymer Y obtained by copolymerizing a saturated monomer Yb and a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer excluding Ya and Yb is preferable.
  • the polymer X includes an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa that does not have an aromatic ring and a hydroxy group or an amide group in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb that does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and has a hydroxy group or an amide group. And a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer excluding Xa and Xb.
  • Xa is an acrylic or methacrylic monomer that does not have an aromatic ring and a hydroxy group or an amide group in the molecule
  • Xb is an acrylic or methacrylic monomer that does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and has a hydroxy group or an amide group.
  • the polymer X used in the present invention is represented by the following general formula (X).
  • Xa represents an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that does not have an aromatic ring and a hydroxy group or an amide group in the molecule
  • Xb does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and has a hydroxy group or an amide group
  • Xc represents a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer excluding Xa and Xb.
  • polymer X is preferably a polymer represented by the following general formula (X-1).
  • R 1 and R 3 each represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 4 represents —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, or C 3 H 6 —.
  • Xc represents a monomer unit polymerizable to [CH 2 —C (—R 1 ) (— CO 2 R 2 )] or [CH 2 —C (—R 3 ) (— CO 2 R 4 —OH) —].
  • the monomers as monomer units constituting the polymer X used in the present invention are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the hydroxy group means not only a hydroxy group but also a group having an ethylene oxide chain.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and hydroxy group or amide group in the molecule is, for example, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate ( n-, i-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid ( ⁇ -caprolactone), etc.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydroxy group or an amide group is preferably acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester as a monomer unit having a hydroxy group, for example, acrylic acid (2-hydroxy Ethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), or these acrylic acids replaced with methacrylic acid Acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) and methacrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), and acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl) are preferable.
  • Xb As monomer units having an amide group in Xb, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-acryloylmorpholine, N-methacryloylmorpholine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylcaprolactam, acrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, N , N-dimethylaminopropylacrylamide, N, N-diethylacrylamide, N-hydroxyethylacrylamide, N-vinylacetamide and the like.
  • Xc is not particularly limited as long as it is a monomer other than Xa and Xb and is a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer, but preferably has no aromatic ring.
  • the molar composition ratio m: n of Xa and Xb is preferably in the range of 99: 1 to 65:35, and more preferably in the range of 95: 5 to 75:25.
  • P of Xc is 0-10. Xc may be a plurality of monomer units.
  • haze tends to occur during film formation, and it is preferable to optimize these and determine the molar composition ratio of Xa and Xb.
  • the polymer Y used in the present invention does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule with styrene or its derivative Ya, and has an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Yb having a hydroxy group and a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group excluding Ya and Yb.
  • a polymer Y obtained by copolymerizing with a monomer is preferred.
  • the polymer Y used in the present invention is represented by the following general formula (Y).
  • Monomers as monomer units constituting the polymer Y of the present invention are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the hydroxy group means not only a hydroxy group but also a group having an ethylene oxide chain.
  • Styrene or its derivative Ya is styrene or a compound in which other groups are bonded to styrene as a styrene derivative.
  • alkylstyrene such as methylstyrene, 2,4-dimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, hydroxystyrene
  • alkylstyrene such as methylstyrene, 2,4-dimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, hydroxystyrene
  • examples include methoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, butoxystyrene, ethoxyethoxystyrene, and substituted styrene in which a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, or the like is introduced into the benzene nucleus of styrene.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monomer Yb having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydroxy group or an amide group is preferably acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester as a monomer unit having a hydroxy group, for example, acrylic acid (2-hydroxy Ethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), or these acrylic acids replaced with methacrylic acid Acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) and methacrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), and acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl) are preferable.
  • Yb As monomer units having an amide group in Yb, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-acryloylmorpholine, N-methacryloylmorpholine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylcaprolactam, acrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, N , N-dimethylaminopropylacrylamide, N, N-diethylacrylamide, N-hydroxyethylacrylamide, N-vinylacetamide and the like.
  • Yc is not particularly limited as long as it is a monomer other than Ya and Yb and is a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer, but preferably has no aromatic ring.
  • the molar composition ratio m: n of Ya and Yb is preferably in the range of 5:95 to 60:40, more preferably in the range of 10:90 to 40:60.
  • P of Yc is 0-10. Yc may be a plurality of monomer units.
  • haze tends to occur during film formation, and it is preferable to optimize these and determine the molar composition ratio of Ya and Yb.
  • the hydroxy group value of the polymers X and Y is preferably 30 to 150 [mgKOH / g].
  • the hydroxy group value is measured according to JIS K 0070 (1992). This hydroxy group value is defined as the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize acetic acid bound to a hydroxy group when 1 g of a sample is acetylated.
  • sample Xg (about 1 g) is precisely weighed in a flask, and 20 ml of an acetylating reagent (a solution obtained by adding pyridine to 20 ml of acetic anhydride to 400 ml) is accurately added thereto. Attach an air cooling tube to the mouth of the flask and heat in a glycerin bath at 95-100 ° C. After 1 hour and 30 minutes, the mixture is cooled, 1 ml of purified water is added from an air condenser, and acetic anhydride is decomposed into acetic acid.
  • an acetylating reagent a solution obtained by adding pyridine to 20 ml of acetic anhydride to 400 ml
  • titration is performed with a 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution using a potentiometric titrator, and the inflection point of the obtained titration curve is set as the end point.
  • hydroxy group value is calculated by the following formula.
  • Hydroxy group value ⁇ (BC) ⁇ f ⁇ 28.05 / X ⁇ + D
  • B is the amount (ml) of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used for the blank test
  • C is the amount (ml) of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used for titration
  • f is a factor of a 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution
  • D is an acid value
  • 28.05 is 1/2 of 1 mol amount 56.11 of potassium hydroxide.
  • polymer X and polymer Y are both excellent in compatibility with the cellulose ester resin, excellent in productivity without evaporation and volatilization, good retention as a protective film for polarizing plates, low moisture permeability, dimensions Excellent stability.
  • the acrylic resin according to the present invention is preferably subjected to a polymerization reaction by introducing a composition containing the monomer, a polymerization initiator, and a chain transfer agent into a reaction vessel.
  • radical polymerization initiators examples include organic peroxides such as t-butyl hydroperoxide, cumene hydroperoxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate; potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate Persulfates such as: 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionitrile) (AIBN), azo compounds such as azobis-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile; redox in which organic peroxide and reducing agent are combined System initiators; redox initiators in which a persulfate and a reducing agent are combined are included. Only one type of radical polymerization initiator may be used, or a mixture of two or more types may be used. The amount of radical polymerization initiator charged can be about 0.01 to 1% by mass relative to the total amount of monomer components.
  • chain transfer agents examples include alkyl mercaptans having 3 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl mercaptans include n-octyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan and the like.
  • the charge amount of the chain transfer agent can be about 0.05 to 1% by mass with respect to the total amount of the monomer components.
  • the copolymerization may be suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, solution polymerization or bulk polymerization.
  • the copolymerization since no solvent is used during polymerization, separation of the resulting polymer and solvent is unnecessary, and bulk polymerization is preferred because there is little mixing of an emulsifier, a dispersant, and the like into the polymer.
  • the polymerization temperature in suspension polymerization or emulsion polymerization can be in the range of 30 to 100 ° C .; the polymerization temperature in bulk polymerization is preferably in the range of 80 to 300 ° C.
  • the polymerization reaction in bulk polymerization can be performed in a polymerization reactor, a heater, and a devolatilizing extruder as described later.
  • the polymerization time can be in the range of 1 to 10 hours, for example.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of an acrylic resin synthesis method. The figure shows an example of bulk polymerization of methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO).
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • ACMO acryloylmorpholine
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • ACMO acryloylmorpholine
  • catalyst a polymerization initiator
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • ACMO acryloylmorpholine
  • the obtained catalyst solution and monomer mixture are mixed in a polymerization reactor to polymerize methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO). Thereby, a liquid polymer composition is obtained.
  • the polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor is preferably in the range of 80 to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 80 to 180 ° C.
  • the polymerization reaction of methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO) in the polymerization reactor is carried out in order to obtain a fluid polymer composition (liquid polymerization composition).
  • the average polymerization rate of the resulting polymerization composition is 10% by mass or more.
  • An average polymerization rate shows the ratio (mass ratio) of the polymer contained in a liquid polymer composition.
  • the obtained liquid polymer composition is supplied to a devolatilizing extruder while being heated by a heater.
  • the heater is a heat retaining means for feeding the liquid polymer composition to the devolatilizing extruder without lowering its temperature.
  • the heating temperature in the heater can be preferably in the range of 150 to 250 ° C.
  • volatile components including unreacted monomers and the like
  • the melting temperature can preferably be in the range of 200-300 ° C. After the melt-kneaded melt is extruded, it is cooled with water and cut to obtain acrylic resin pellets.
  • Acrylic resin In particular, an acrylic resin obtained by bulk polymerization tends to contain residual components such as unreacted monomers (methyl methacrylate and copolymerization monomers), unreacted radical polymerization initiators, and unreacted chain transfer agents.
  • unreacted monomers methyl methacrylate and copolymerization monomers
  • unreacted radical polymerization initiators unreacted chain transfer agents.
  • an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin containing these residual components are melt-kneaded at a high temperature, the high molecular weight product formation rate H increases and a high molecular weight product is easily generated.
  • the cause of the formation of high molecular weight during melt kneading is not necessarily clear, but is presumed as follows. That is, it is considered that the high molecular weight product is produced by a chemical or physical action of a polymer obtained by polymerizing an unreacted monomer and a cellulose ester resin. Moreover, in the filtration filter for removing the foreign material in molten resin, since the residence time of the heated molten resin tends to become long, a high molecular weight body is easy to produce
  • Acrylic resin with a large molecular weight is not only difficult to melt and extrude because of the high viscosity of the melt, but the film obtained by melt-kneading the resin composition of acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin produces a high molecular weight body. It's easy to do.
  • the obtained acrylic resin preferably satisfies the following requirements a) and b), and more preferably satisfies the requirements c) and d).
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw is preferably in the range of 2.0 ⁇ 10 4 to 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the total content of residual unreacted monomers is preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm.
  • the content of the remaining polymerization initiator is preferably in the range of 10 to 500 ppm.
  • the content of the residual chain transfer agent is preferably in the range of 10 to 500 ppm.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is adjusted by the amount of radical polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent charged, the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, the melting temperature in the devolatilizing extruder, etc. it can.
  • the charging amount of a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent is increased, the polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor or the heating temperature in the heater is increased, The polymerization time in the polymerization reactor may be shortened.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin can be measured by the GPC.
  • the content of unreacted monomer remaining in the acrylic resin is preferably 1000 ppm or less, and more preferably 500 ppm or less.
  • the content of the remaining unreacted monomer is more than 1000 ppm, a high molecular weight product is easily generated in a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin.
  • the content of the remaining unreacted monomer is preferably 100 ppm or more. If the content of the remaining unreacted monomer is less than 100 ppm, the flexibility of a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin is likely to be lowered (brittle).
  • the content of the remaining unreacted monomer is determined by the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, the melting temperature in the devolatilizing extruder, the unreacted monomer from the vent of the devolatilizing extruder. It can be adjusted by the displacement of volatile components. In order to reduce the content of the remaining unreacted monomer, for example, the polymerization time in the polymerization reactor may be increased, or the exhaust amount of volatile components from the vent of the devolatilizing extruder may be increased.
  • the content of the unreacted radical polymerization initiator remaining in the acrylic resin is preferably 500 ppm or less, and more preferably 100 ppm or less.
  • the content of the residual radical polymerization initiator is more than 500 ppm, a high molecular weight product is easily generated in a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin.
  • the content of the remaining radical polymerization initiator is preferably 10 ppm or more.
  • the content of the residual radical polymerization initiator is less than 10 ppm, the flexibility of a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin is likely to be lowered.
  • the content of the unreacted chain transfer agent remaining in the acrylic resin is preferably 500 ppm or less, and more preferably 100 ppm or less.
  • the content of the remaining chain transfer agent is more than 500 ppm, the film obtained by melt-kneading the resin composition of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is likely to be colored.
  • the content of the remaining chain transfer agent is preferably 10 ppm or more. If the content of the unreacted chain transfer agent is less than 10 ppm, the flexibility of a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin is likely to be lowered.
  • the content of the radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent remaining in the acrylic resin is the amount of the radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent charged, the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, and devolatilization. It can be adjusted by the melting temperature in the extruder. For example, in order to reduce the content of the residual radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent, it is possible to reduce the amount charged, increase the polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor or the heating temperature in the heater, The polymerization time in the reactor may be lengthened.
  • the content of the residual component contained in the acrylic resin can be measured by the following method.
  • the contents (mass%) of the monomer, the polymerization initiator, and the chain transfer agent contained in the sample solution are measured by GC / MS.
  • the GC / MS measurement apparatus and measurement conditions can be as follows.
  • the amount of radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent charged, the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, Two or more conditions such as melting temperature and volatile matter discharge amount may be adjusted simultaneously. For example, when only reducing the content of the remaining unreacted monomer, the exhaust amount of volatile matter in the devolatilizing extruder may be increased. However, when the exhaust amount of volatile components in the devolatilizing extruder is increased, the molecular weight of the acrylic resin is also reduced. Therefore, it is only necessary to lower the polymerization temperature or lengthen the polymerization time so that the molecular weight of the acrylic resin does not decrease.
  • the radical polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent can be consumed (remaining radical polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent are reduced) without excessively increasing the molecular weight. is there. That is, by increasing the polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor and the heating temperature in the heater, the molecular weight of the acrylic resin (a) is kept below a certain level, and the residual components of the acrylic resins (b) to (d) The content can also be kept below a certain level.
  • the acrylic resin may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
  • the cellulose ester resin used for the optical film of the present invention (hereinafter also simply referred to as cellulose ester) preferably has a total acyl group substitution degree of the cellulose ester in the range of 2.0 to 2.95, and The cellulose ester has a total carbon number of acyl group in the range of 4.0 to 10.
  • the acyl group total carbon number is the sum of the products of the substitution degree and the carbon number of each acyl group substituted in the glucose unit of the cellulose ester.
  • the carbon number of the acyl group means the carbon number including the carbonyl group, 2 for the acetyl group, 3 for the propionyl group, and 4 for the butyryl group.
  • the total number of acyl groups in the present invention is calculated based on the cellulose ester having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1, propionyl group substitution degree of 0.5, and a butyryl group substitution degree of 0.5. It is determined by the formula “degree ⁇ acetyl group carbon number + propionyl group substitution degree ⁇ propionyl group carbon number + butyryl group substitution degree ⁇ butyryl group carbon number”.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic acyl group substituted with the cellulose ester is preferably 2 or more and 6 or less, and more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, from the viewpoint of productivity and cost of cellulose synthesis.
  • the portion not substituted with an acyl group usually exists as a hydroxy group.
  • the glucose unit constituting cellulose with ⁇ -1,4-glycosidic bonds has free hydroxy groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions.
  • the cellulose ester according to the present invention is a polymer obtained by esterifying some or all of these hydroxy groups with an acyl group.
  • the acyl group substitution degree represents the total of the proportions of cellulose esterified at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of the repeating unit. Specifically, the substitution degree is 1 when the hydroxy groups at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position of cellulose are each 100% esterified. Therefore, when all of the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of the cellulose are 100% esterified, the degree of substitution is 3 at the maximum.
  • acyl group examples include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, a pentanate group, and a hexanate group.
  • cellulose ester examples include cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose pentanate.
  • mixed fatty acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate pentanate may be used as long as the above-mentioned side chain carbon number is satisfied.
  • cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose propionate are particularly preferable cellulose esters for optical film applications.
  • a preferred cellulose ester other than cellulose triacetate has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, the substitution degree of acetyl group is X, and the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, It is a cellulose ester which satisfies (i) and (ii) simultaneously.
  • Formula (i) 2.0 ⁇ X + Y ⁇ 2.9
  • Formula (ii) 0.5 ⁇ Y ⁇ 2.7
  • cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferably used.
  • the portion not substituted with an acyl group is usually present as a hydroxy group.
  • the method for measuring the degree of acyl group substitution can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96.
  • the cellulose ester according to the present invention preferably has a weight average molecular weight Mw in the range of 50,000 to 500,000, more preferably in the range of 100,000 to 300,000, and still more preferably in the range of 150,000 to 250,000.
  • the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton linter, and the wood pulp may be softwood or hardwood.
  • the cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.
  • the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30.
  • cellulose having a high degree of polymerization is preferable.
  • linter pulp is preferable, and it is preferable to use cellulose composed of at least linter pulp.
  • the ⁇ -cellulose content which is an index of the crystallinity of cellulose, is in the range of 90% or more (eg, about 92 to 100%, preferably 95 to 100%, more preferably about 99.5 to 100%). .
  • the cellulose ester resin which concerns on this invention is the refined cellulose ester resin manufactured by the manufacturing method of the following cellulose ester resins, suppresses the production
  • the type of cellulose ester and the type of solvent so as to satisfy the following production methods, in particular, the formula (1) and the formula (2), the crystallized product obtained by the difference in the substituent and degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is coarse. It is a preferable method for obtaining a purified uniform cellulose ester resin by suppressing the growth to a crystallized product.
  • the cellulose ester resin according to the present invention is a method for producing a cellulose ester having a step of mixing a cellulose ester solution and a poor solvent and precipitating the cellulose ester, wherein the water content relative to the solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution is The total number of acyl groups per glucose unit of the cellulose ester that is within the range of 10 to 60% by mass and the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent and the precipitated cellulose ester It is preferable to manufacture by the manufacturing method of the cellulose-ester resin in which carbon number (t) satisfy
  • Formula (1) a s + 0.8t Formula (2) 31 ⁇ a ⁇ 40
  • s is the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent
  • t is the total number of acyl group carbon atoms per glucose unit of the cellulose ester. 0.8t above) Is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.
  • the cellulose ester solution should just be a solution containing a cellulose ester.
  • a cellulose solution immediately before the cellulose ester precipitation step for example, cellulose activation step, acylation reaction step, aging step.
  • the cellulose ester solution which passed through the neutralization reaction process is pointed out.
  • the method for producing the cellulose ester resin is characterized in that the water content of the entire solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution is in the range of 10 to 60% by mass, and both good dispersibility and solubility of the cellulose ester are achieved. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably in the range of 15 to 50% by mass.
  • the amount is 50% by mass or less, the cellulose ester is easily dissolved and the productivity is improved. If the amount is 60% by mass or less, the effect of reducing gel-like foreign matters is great and the production is also easy.
  • the solvent used to obtain the cellulose ester solution is a mixed solvent containing water as described above, and any solvent can be used as long as the cellulose ester dissolves.
  • the SP value is preferably in the range of 18.5 to 37.0 (MPa) 1/2 .
  • a solvent having an SP value within the above range can easily dissolve the cellulose ester.
  • the solubility parameter (SP value) of the solvent referred to in the present invention is a value represented by the square root of the molecular aggregation energy, and is described in Polymer Hand Book (Second Edition) Chapter IV Solubility Parameter Values.
  • the unit is (MPa) 1/2 and indicates a value at 25 ° C.
  • R.D. F. It can be calculated by the method described in Fedors, Polymer Engineering Science, 14, p147 (1967).
  • the total sum of the mass fraction of each solvent used with respect to the total solvent and the SP value of each solvent is taken as the SP value of the mixed solvent.
  • a single solvent that does not dissolve the cellulose ester may be used for the cellulose ester solution, and the formulas (1) and (2) may be satisfied in a state where the solvent of the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent are mixed. It ’s fine.
  • Specific organic solvents used for the solvent and poor solvent of the cellulose ester solution include, for example, methanol (29.7), ethanol (28.0), water (47.9), butyric acid (19.9), and propion. Acid (20.3), ethyl acetate (18.6), tetrahydrofuran (18.6), benzene (18.8), trichloroethyl (18.8), methyl ethyl ketone (19.0), chloroform (19.0) , Methylene chloride (19.8), acetone (20.2), acetic acid (20.7), pyridine (21.9), n-butanol (23.3), isopropyl alcohol (23.5), dimethylformamide ( 24.8).
  • the numerical value in the parenthesis represents the SP value (MPa) 1/2 .
  • the solvent of the cellulose ester solution preferably contains a solvent responsible for dissolving the cellulose ester.
  • a solvent responsible for dissolving the cellulose ester Specifically, an organic solvent having an SP value in the range of 18.5 to 25.0 is preferably used. It is done.
  • the solvent responsible for dissolution preferably has an SP value in the range of 18.5 to 23.5, and more preferably has an SP value in the range of 18.5 to 22.0.
  • Preferred solvents include ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, methyl ethyl ketone, methylene chloride, acetone and acetic acid.
  • these solvents may be combined with any solvent.
  • a mass ratio of acetic acid: water is in the range of 90:10 to 65:35
  • a mixed solvent of acetic acid, methanol and water a mass ratio of acetic acid / methanol.
  • a mixed solvent of acetone, methanol and water mass ratio of acetone / methanol is in the range of 100/0 to 8/92). You may contain.
  • the order of addition of the solvent is not limited, and a solvent adjusted so that the cellulose ester is dissolved may be added to the cellulose ester. You may add a cellulose ester to the solvent which adjusted the value. Moreover, when producing the said cellulose-ester solution using several types of solvent, you may adjust so that it may become in the range of SP value which a cellulose ester melt
  • the amount of solvent to be used is not particularly limited, but the solid content concentration of the cellulose ester in the cellulose ester solution before mixing with the poor solvent is preferably in the range of 5 to 30% by mass. If it is 30% by mass or less, it is difficult for foreign substances to be taken into the solid when the cellulose ester is precipitated, and if it is 5% by mass or more, the cellulose ester can be precipitated even if the amount of the poor solvent used is small. Productivity is improved.
  • the temperature of the step of dissolving the cellulose ester is not particularly limited as long as it is a temperature at which the cellulose ester dissolves, and there is no problem even when heated to reflux with a boiling point or higher, but it is preferably in the range of ⁇ 20 to 80 ° C.
  • the “poor solvent” refers to a solvent in which the cellulose ester does not dissolve by 10% by mass or more at 20 ° C., and refers to a solvent added to precipitate the cellulose ester from the cellulose ester solution. Moreover, in the manufacturing process of a cellulose ester, the solvent added in order to precipitate a cellulose ester after the neutralization reaction performed after the aging process for performing partial hydrolysis is called a poor solvent, and when the aging process is not performed, The solvent added to precipitate the cellulose ester after the neutralization reaction performed after the acylation reaction step is referred to as a poor solvent.
  • the poor solvent may be adjusted so that the numerical value of the total SP value of the solvent combined with the solvent used for the cellulose ester solution is within the range of the formulas (1) and (2). It is preferable that the SP value is adjusted to be higher than that of the solvent used for the cellulose ester solution. If the numerical value of the SP value of the whole solvent is within the range of the above formulas (1) and (2), the crystallized product is dissolved and can be separated from the precipitation of cellulose ester. In addition, if the SP value of the poor solvent is 45.0 or less, it is preferable that the SP value of the poor solvent is adjusted to 45.0 or less because a part of the gel-like foreign matter can be remarkably reduced during the addition. .
  • a mixed solvent of water and an organic solvent is preferable.
  • a mixed solvent of water and organic solvent for example, a mixed solvent of water and alcohols (methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, etc.), a mixed solvent of water and acetic acid, a mixed solvent of acetone and water, water and acetic acid and Examples include a mixed solvent of alcohols (methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, etc.), a mixed solvent of water, acetone, and alcohols (methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, etc.).
  • the alcohol is preferably methanol or ethanol, more preferably methanol.
  • the poor solvent may be a solvent prepared in advance so that the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent is within the range of the formulas (1) and (2), While mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent, stepwise while changing the composition ratio and the solvent species so that the SP value of the whole solvent finally falls within the range of the formulas (1) and (2). May be added.
  • the SP value of the poor solvent added stepwise is preferably 45.0 or less.
  • the amount of the poor solvent used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10.0 times, more preferably in the range of 1.0 to 5.0 times the mass of the cellulose ester solution.
  • the composition of the cellulose ester solution and the entire poor solvent is adjusted so that the cellulose ester is precipitated within this range, and the maximum SP value of the poor solvent to be mixed is adjusted to 45.0 or less.
  • a remarkable reduction effect can be obtained for the gel-like foreign matter.
  • the manufacturing method of the said cellulose ester has the process of mixing a cellulose-ester solution and a poor solvent, and precipitating a cellulose ester. Further, the content of water in the range of 10 to 60% by mass with respect to the whole solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution, and the numerical value of the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent: s And the total number of acyl groups in the cellulose ester: t is within the range satisfying the formulas (1) and (2).
  • the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent means “the mass fraction of each solvent in the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent”. And the sum of the product of the SP value.
  • the SP value after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent is preferably larger than the SP value of the cellulose ester solution.
  • the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent: s, and the total number of acyl groups in the cellulose ester: t is the following formula (3): And it is more preferable that it is in the range satisfying the formula (4).
  • 0.8 t below is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.
  • Formula (3) a s + 0.8t Formula (4) 33 ⁇ a ⁇ 39 Furthermore, it is particularly preferable that the value is within a range satisfying the following formulas (5) and (6).
  • Formula (5) a s + 0.8t Formula (6) 35 ⁇ a ⁇ 39 If the value of a exceeds the upper limit of the above formulas (1) and (2), the crystallization product is likely to be precipitated, and the crystallization product is taken into the cellulose ester. Fine dispersion of the precipitate may occur, and the filter may pass through the filter during filtration and the yield may decrease.
  • the target cellulose ester When the value of a falls below the lower limit of the above formulas (1) and (2), the target cellulose ester does not become a crystal, and it itself gels, requiring a large amount of man-hours for filtration, making production difficult.
  • Alcohol is contained in at least one of the cellulose ester solution or the poor solvent. By precipitating the cellulose ester in a state containing the alcohols, aggregation of the cellulose ester is suppressed, and a precipitate can be obtained uniformly in a better shape. Moreover, since the said alcohol is contained, melt
  • the alcohol is not particularly limited as long as it is an alcohol having a hydroxy group, but is preferably an aliphatic alcohol.
  • aliphatic alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and the like.
  • Methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol are preferable, methanol and ethanol are more preferable, and methanol is most preferable.
  • the amount of the alcohol used is not particularly limited, but is preferably within a range in which the cellulose ester solid does not precipitate when mixed with the cellulose ester solution.
  • the range in which the effects of alcohols are obtained is preferably within a range of 0.1 to 50 times the mass of the cellulose ester, and more preferably from the mass of the cellulose ester from the viewpoint of shape control of the crystallized product. 10 times or less, and most preferably 5 times or less.
  • the alcohols may be contained in one or both of the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent.
  • a method of adding alcohols to the cellulose ester solution a method of mixing the cellulose ester solution and alcohols, a method of preparing a cellulose ester solution by mixing a mixed solvent containing alcohols and a cellulose ester, cellulose Examples thereof include a method of preparing the cellulose ester solution by adding an ester and an alcohol and then adding another solvent.
  • the alcohol added in the reaction stopping process or the aging process is excessive, and the residual amount of alcohol is in the range of 0.1 to 50 times the mass of the cellulose ester. You may adjust as follows.
  • the method for producing the cellulose ester includes a step of mixing the cellulose ester solution and a poor solvent to precipitate the cellulose ester (also referred to as a precipitation step).
  • the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent may be mixed by adding the cellulose ester solution to the poor solvent or adding the poor solvent to the cellulose ester solution.
  • a method of adding a solvent to the cellulose ester solution is preferred.
  • the solvent used in the precipitation step, the type of solvent used up to the precipitation step, and the preferred mode of the SP value are as described above.
  • the temperature at which the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent are mixed is not limited, but is preferably not more than the boiling point of the solvent, more preferably in the range of ⁇ 10 to 60 ° C., more preferably in the range of 0 to 50 ° C. Is within.
  • an acidic solvent such as acetic acid
  • hydrolysis of the cellulose ester proceeds and the crystallized product increases remarkably by heating. Therefore, when an acidic solvent such as acetic acid is contained in the cellulose ester solution, the temperature when mixing with the poor solvent is preferably within a range of ⁇ 10 to 40 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 10 to 30 ° C. Within range.
  • the temperature lowering may be performed by water cooling or the like, or may be performed continuously or stepwise.
  • the rate of temperature drop may be, for example, in the range of 1 to 20 ° C. per hour, preferably in the range of 3 to 18 ° C., more preferably in the range of 5 to 15 ° C. Good.
  • the mixing of the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent is preferably performed with stirring.
  • the stirring speed depends on the scale (manufacturing scale), but is, for example, in the range of 10 to 10,000 rpm, preferably in the range of 20 to 5000 rpm, more preferably in the range of 30 to 3000 rpm. In particular, it may be in the range of 50 to 2000 rpm.
  • the stirring speed is in the range of 10 to 2000 rpm (eg 20 to 1500 rpm), preferably in the range of 30 to 1000 rpm (eg 40 to 800 rpm), more preferably 50 to 500 rpm (eg 60 to 300 rpm). It may be within the range, particularly within the range of 70 to 200 rpm. It is desirable that the stirring speed be large enough for granulation. When the stirring speed is too low, localization of the poor solvent to be added and uneven temperature distribution may occur, and the effect of reducing the crystallized product may be reduced.
  • the method for producing the cellulose ester resin may be performed in the cellulose ester synthesis step.
  • the cellulose ester synthesis step preferably includes an activation step, an esterification step, an esterification reaction stop step, a filtration step, an aging step, and a neutralization step in this order.
  • the precipitation step may be provided as a part of a post-treatment step provided after the synthesis step, or may be provided after the post-treatment step is completed.
  • activation process In the activation step, cellulose is treated with an activator to activate the cellulose.
  • Raw material cellulose is supplied in a slurry wet state.
  • acylation solvent organic carboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid are used. Or an aliphatic carboxylic acid (linear or branched C1-6 alkanoic acid) such as valeric acid. These activators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • an aqueous medium containing water is used as the activator.
  • This aqueous medium may be an aqueous medium containing an organic carboxylic acid.
  • it is economical. It is preferable to use many organic carboxylic acids.
  • the activation step is not limited to a single activation step, and may be composed of a plurality of activation steps, and can be performed using activators having different concentrations of the acylation catalyst.
  • the acylating catalyst may be composed of a first activating step for activating cellulose with an activating agent and a second activating step for activating cellulose with an activating agent containing an acylating catalyst. You may comprise in the 1st process of processing cellulose with the activator with a low density
  • the amount of the activator used is, for example, in the range of 25 to 150 parts by weight, preferably in the range of 30 to 125 parts by weight, more preferably 50 to 100 parts by weight (for example, 70 parts by weight) with respect to 100 parts by weight of cellulose. May be in the range of about 100 parts by mass).
  • the cellulose may be treated with an activator, the activator may be sprayed on the cellulose, or the cellulose may be immersed in the activator.
  • raw material cellulose is often added to the activator to form a slurry.
  • the activation treatment temperature can be selected from the range of 0 to 100 ° C. In order to perform the activation treatment without applying industrial load, it is usually within the range of 10 to 40 ° C., preferably about 15 to 35 ° C. It is.
  • the activation treatment time can be selected in the range of 0.1 to 72 hours, and is usually in the range of 0.1 to 3 hours, preferably in the range of 0.2 to 2 hours.
  • the activation process proceeds at the fine pulverization stage, so that the standing time is short, and it can be immediately put into the esterification reaction vessel.
  • the cellulose activated by the activation treatment is esterified with a carboxylic acid (containing at least one or more) having an acyl group having at least 2 carbon atoms and a carboxylic anhydride (containing at least one or more) in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • an acid catalyst Lewis acid or strong acid can be used, but sulfuric acid is generally used.
  • an acid anhydride for example, an acid anhydride of a carboxylic acid having 2 or more carbon atoms (carboxylic acid anhydride)
  • a C 2 -C 6 alkane such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, valeric anhydride, etc.
  • Acid anhydrides can be used.
  • a carboxylic acid having an acyl group having at least 2 carbon atoms (for example, at least a C 2 -C 6 carboxylic acid anhydride) is used. You may use these individually or in combination of 2 or more types. As long as it has an acyl group and is easily acylated, it is not limited to carboxylic acids, and organic acid halides can also be used.
  • the amount of the acid catalyst (particularly sulfuric acid) used in the esterification step is, for example, in the range of 3 to 20 parts by mass, preferably in the range of 5 to 18 parts by mass, more preferably 7 to 15 parts per 100 parts by mass of cellulose. It can be selected from the range of about part by mass, and is usually in the range of 7 to 15 parts by mass.
  • an esterification solvent corresponding to at least an acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms for example, a carboxylic acid (an acid anhydride) may be used.
  • a carboxylic acid an acid anhydride
  • an acid anhydride corresponding to a C 2 to C 6 carboxylic acid A plurality of acid anhydrides selected from those having different carbon numbers may be used.
  • propionic anhydride and / or butyric anhydride and acetic anhydride may be used in combination.
  • Preferred esterification solvents are a combination of acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride, a combination of acetic anhydride and butyric anhydride, and a combination of acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride and butyric anhydride.
  • a combination of acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride, and a combination of acetic anhydride and butyric anhydride are preferable.
  • Acetic anhydride is more reactive than propionic anhydride and the like, and in the case of obtaining a cellulose mixed fatty acid ester having a low degree of acetyl group substitution, acetic anhydride is not used or the object of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the esterification solvent having at least 3 carbon atoms and corresponding to the acyl group may be combined with a small amount of acetic anhydride.
  • the esterification solvent may correspond to an acyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, for example, propionic anhydride, if acylation or aging can be performed in the presence of acetic acid.
  • acylation or aging can be performed in the presence of acetic acid.
  • What is necessary is just to comprise by butyric anhydride etc., and it does not necessarily need to contain the esterification solvent (acetic anhydride) corresponding to an acetyl group.
  • acetic anhydride is not necessarily used, and the reaction may be carried out in the presence of acetic acid.
  • Such acetic acid may be present in the reaction system in the esterification step and the ripening step (particularly at least the ripening step), and may be composed only of acetic acid derived from the activation treatment. May be newly added, and may be used as an esterification solvent in an ordinary esterification step.
  • a plurality of esterification solvents may coexist in the reaction system, and after esterifying cellulose with a specific esterification solvent
  • the cellulose may be esterified with another esterification solvent.
  • the amount of the esterification solvent used in the esterification step is, for example, in the range of 1.1 to 4 equivalents, preferably in the range of 1.1 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 1.3 to the hydroxy group of cellulose. It is in the range of about ⁇ 1.8 equivalent.
  • an esterification solvent organic carboxylic acid such as acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid
  • the amount of esterification solvent (carboxylic acid) used is in the range of 50 to 700 parts by weight, preferably in the range of 150 to 600 parts by weight, and more preferably in the range of 200 to 550 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of cellulose. Degree.
  • the esterification reaction can be performed at a temperature in the range of 0 to 50 ° C., preferably in the range of 5 to 45 ° C., more preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C.
  • the esterification reaction may be initially performed at a relatively low temperature of 10 ° C. or lower (0 to 10 ° C.).
  • the reaction time at such a low temperature may be, for example, 30 minutes or more, 40 minutes to 2 hours, preferably 45 to 100 minutes from the start of the esterification reaction.
  • the esterification time in the range of 10 to 50 ° C. is in the range of 10 to 20 minutes, preferably in the range of 30 to 80 minutes, and in the range of 40 to 75 minutes.
  • the hydrolysis reaction may be started, or the esterification solvent, the esterification solvent, and the acid catalyst may be left as they are, and the aging step may be performed.
  • the quenching agent that promotes hydrolysis may be composed of water and at least one selected from esterification solvents, alcohols, and neutralizing agents. More specifically, examples of the quencher include water alone, a mixture of water and carboxylic acid, a mixture of water and alcohols, a mixture of water and neutralizer, water, organic carboxylic acid and alcohols. And a mixture of a neutralizing agent and the like.
  • Examples of the neutralizing agent include bases that can neutralize part of the acid catalyst or esterification solvent, such as alkali metal compounds (hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc. , Organic acid salts such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate), alkaline earth metal compounds (eg, hydroxides such as calcium hydroxide, carbonates such as calcium carbonate, organic acid salts such as calcium acetate and magnesium acetate) And may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • alkali metal compounds hydrooxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc.
  • Organic acid salts such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate
  • alkaline earth metal compounds eg, hydroxides such as calcium hydroxide, carbonates such as calcium carbonate, organic acid salts such as calcium acetate and magnesium acetate
  • alcohols examples include linear alcohols (ethanol, methanol, propanol, etc.). These alcohols can also be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ratio of water and esterification solvent or water and alcohol can be selected from the range of about 20 to 140 parts by mass of the esterification solvent or alcohol with respect to 100 parts by mass of water, and is usually in the range of 25 to 120 parts by mass. Of these, preferably in the range of 50 to 100 parts by mass.
  • a neutralizing agent may be included at a ratio of partially neutralizing the acid catalyst, or a neutralizing agent may not be included.
  • the preferred deactivator may be water alone, but since water is a poor solvent for cellulose esters, there is a high possibility that cellulose esters other than the desired degree of substitution will precipitate. And a mixed solution is preferable.
  • reaction component contained in the raw material cellulose is not 100%, an unreacted component is included at this stage, so a step of filtering the reaction solution may be introduced once.
  • This reaction stopping step can be omitted if necessary.
  • the solution after completion of the esterification reaction contains unacetylated, low-acetylated components and impurities that did not react with the raw material cellulose.
  • the time is shortened, and specific cleavage of molecular chains and substituents occurring in the reaction solution is less likely to occur.
  • the film surface quality of the film formed using the obtained cellulose ester is cellulose without filtration. Even better than the ester.
  • Filter media used for filtration preferably have low absolute filtration accuracy, but if the absolute filtration accuracy is too low, the filter media is likely to be clogged, and the filter media must be replaced frequently, reducing productivity. There is a problem of making it.
  • the material of the filter medium is not particularly limited, and a normal filter medium can be used. However, a filter medium made of plastic such as polypropylene, polyester, and PTFE, a filter medium made of glass fiber, and a metal filter medium such as stainless steel fiber can be used. This is preferable because there is no dropout.
  • the metal filter Since the cellulose ester slurry contains an acid, the metal filter is easily corroded, and therefore, a filter made of glass fiber or plastic fiber is more preferable.
  • the required amount of acid catalyst may be added again, or used in the aging process without neutralizing the acid catalyst (especially sulfuric acid) used in the esterification process. May be.
  • An acid catalyst other than the acid catalyst used in the esterification may be added.
  • the acid catalyst used in the esterification step as it is in the aging step without adding an acid catalyst in the aging step.
  • the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal contained in the neutralizing agent is added in the neutralizing agent, and remains in the purified cellulose ester. It is preferable not to add sulfuric acid in the aging process because it can be an obstacle.
  • a deacylation solvent such as a mixed solution of water and carboxylic acid
  • a deacylation solvent such as a mixed solution of water and carboxylic acid
  • the reaction temperature during the ripening step is preferably in the range of 20 to 90 ° C, preferably in the range of 25 to 80 ° C, more preferably in the range of 30 to 70 ° C, and the ripening reaction is performed in a nitrogen atmosphere. Or in an air atmosphere.
  • the aging reaction time can be selected from the range of 20 minutes or more and 25 minutes to 6 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 5 hours, and more preferably 1 to 3 hours.
  • the reaction product (dope containing cellulose mixed fatty acid ester) is put into a precipitation solvent (water, aqueous acetic acid solution, etc.) to separate the cellulose mixed fatty acid ester, and free metal components and sulfuric acid components are removed by washing with water. May be.
  • a neutralizing agent can also be used in the case of washing with water.
  • the post-treatment step is a step after neutralizing the acid catalyst in the neutralization step, and the product is precipitated and precipitated, the precipitated cellulose ester is filtered and separated, and the separated cellulose ester is washed, It preferably comprises a drying step.
  • a mixed solution of water and carboxylic acid is preferably used, but is not limited to these poor solvents, and ketones, alcohols, ethers, esters and the like alone or in a water mixed solvent There may be.
  • the cellulose ester production method is most effectively used in the product precipitation step in the post-treatment step for the purpose of reducing the crystallized product. Moreover, you may reduce a crystallized substance by the manufacturing method of the said cellulose ester once using the taken-out cellulose ester.
  • the method for producing the cellulose ester resin is more preferably combined with a filtration step.
  • the degree of purification of the cellulose ester resin is further improved by the filtration step.
  • the combined filtration step is preferably a method of filtering a solution obtained by adding a carboxylic acid to a cellulose ester, either before the start of the acylation step or before the precipitation step.
  • Various known filtration devices can be used for filtering the cellulose ester solution. That is, it can be divided into a continuous filter and a batch pressure filter when roughly classified as a filter, and as a continuous filter, it can be divided into a belt type, a multiple disk type, a screw press type, a filter press type, etc.
  • Examples of the batch pressure filter include a leaf type and a candle type.
  • a filter press device, a paper filter device, a leaf filter device, a drum filter device, a precoat filter device, or the like can be used.
  • the industrially most advantageous product is a filter press device, and the filter press device may be precoated and used.
  • the filter press apparatus 40 to 50 plates of about 60 cm square are used, and each plate is provided with a net, and filter paper or cotton cloth is installed between the nets.
  • a plurality of these filter press apparatuses may be used for filtration in multiple stages.
  • As the filter medium a sintered metal filter, a non-woven metal filter, a cotton cloth filter, a paper filter, or the like may be used.
  • the filter medium to be used can be a natural fiber or a synthetic fiber.
  • polypropylene, polyester (tetron), and nylon can be used as the material of the synthetic fiber used for the filter cloth.
  • Vinylon, acrylic, saran, etc. can also be used depending on the solvent.
  • Each of these materials has characteristics on the material and can be used according to the characteristics.
  • cotton can be mentioned as a typical material.
  • Monofilaments, multifilaments, spun yarns and the like can be used as the type of raw yarn used for the filter cloth. When a monofilament is used, the cake peelability is excellent and clogging is small, but there is a disadvantage that the fine particles are poorly captured.
  • the filter cloth weave includes plain weave, twill weave, and satin weave.
  • plain weave particles are easily collected but clogging is accelerated.
  • twill weave a filter cloth having a good balance between trapping properties and clogging can be obtained.
  • satin weaving particles are less clogged, but the ability to collect particles is poor.
  • a plain weave or twill filter cloth is suitable for the method for producing the cellulose ester.
  • cotton flannel (No. 10B, 63 plain weave diameter 20 single yarns, 46 weft 10 single yarns), gold width (11, 100 plain weave diameter 40 single yarns, 98 weft 40 single yarns) ), Thick twill (26, twill, 12-3, 64, 12-4, 32) may be used.
  • filter paper 300 g / m 2 or the like may be used. These filter media may be used in combination (for example, the first filter media is one cotton flannel filter paper, the second filter media is two cotton flannels, one gold width, and the third filter media is one cotton flannel one filter paper, one gold width).
  • the retention particle size of the filter medium is preferably within the range of 1 to 50 ⁇ m. A range of 2 to 20 ⁇ m is more preferable, and a range of 3 to 15 ⁇ m is most preferable. By using such a filter medium, filterability is improved and productivity is improved.
  • the pressure in the filtration step can be appropriately set in consideration of the filtration efficiency.
  • the filter medium may be pressurized within a range of 5 to 18 atmospheres (for example, 8 to 18 atmospheres, for example, 10 to 18 atmospheres).
  • the shape of the cellulose mixed fatty acid ester composition obtained by dissolving cellulose ester in an organic solvent, filtering and drying may be a filament.
  • kaolin, titanium oxide, clay, or the like may be used as a filter aid.
  • the filtrate may be kept warm in the range of 40 to 50 ° C.
  • the filter medium may be pressurized within a range of 5 to 18 atmospheres (for example, 8 to 18 atmospheres, for example, 10 to 18 atmospheres).
  • the first filter medium is a cotton flannel 1 filter paper
  • the second filter medium is a cotton flannel 1 sheet, a gold width 1 sheet
  • the third filter medium is a cotton flannel 1 sheet of filter paper 1 sheet of a gold width 1 sheet
  • the first filtration is performed within the range of 12 to 18 atm
  • the second filtration is performed within the range of 8 to 14 atm
  • the third filtration is performed within the range of 5 to 9 atm. May be.
  • the filtration pressure may be changed between the first time and the second time (for example, the second filtration is performed at a lower pressure).
  • the retained particle size of the filter used for filtration is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 1 to 20 ⁇ m, and still more preferably in the range of 2 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the retained particle size of the filter By setting the retained particle size of the filter to 0.1 ⁇ m or more, it tends to be able to suppress a significant increase in the filtration pressure, and industrial production is also facilitated. Further, by setting the retained particle size to 30 ⁇ m or less, fine foreign matters can be removed, and therefore it is effective when combined with the precipitation step. Further, filtration may be performed by combining filters having different retention particle sizes.
  • the temperature at the time of filtration can be any temperature as long as filtration is possible, but it is preferably in the range of 30 to 100 ° C., more preferably in the range of 35 to 80 ° C., still more preferably 40 Heating in the range of ⁇ 70 ° C. is preferable because the viscosity of the solution can be lowered.
  • the filtration pressure is preferably within the range of 0.001 to 10 MPa, more preferably within the range of 0.001 to 5 MPa, and even more preferably within the range of 0.01 to 1 MPa.
  • celite for example, Filter-Cel, Celite 505, Standard Super-Cel, Celite 512, Hyflo Super-Cel, manufactured by Johns-Manville Sales Corp.
  • Dicalite Superref, Specified Flow, Special Spec, made by Glefco, Inco, USA, Inc.
  • radio lights (RADIOLITE # manufactured by Showa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 00, RADIOLITE # 200, RADIOLITE # 500, RADIOLITE # 600, RADIOLITE # 700, RADIOLITE # 900, RADIOLITE # 1100, RADIOLITE # 100), layered clay mineral (preferably talc, mica, kaolinite), silicon dioxide fine particles (for example, silicon dioxide fine particles (for example, silica gel MB-300, MB-500 manufactured by Fuji Silysia Co., Ltd., Fuji silica gel AB type, Fuji silica gel A type, Fuji silica gel RD type, BW-25K, Merck Silica Gel 40, (Silica Gel 60, Silica Gel 100, etc.) etc.
  • These filter aids may be mixed with a cellulose ester solution and subjected to cake filtration. Pre-coated on the solution may be filtered cellulose ester is dissolved.
  • the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 1 to 150 ppm, respectively, from the viewpoint of generating a high molecular weight substance and reducing gelled foreign matter.
  • content of an alkali metal or a Group 2 element means the total of the mass in terms of the atom of the alkali metal or Group 2 element contained in a cellulose ester.
  • the content of the alkali metal or group 2 element in the cellulose ester can be controlled within the range of 1 to 100 ppm by mass in terms of reducing surface roughness and reducing gelled foreign matter. More preferably, each is in the range of 1 to 50 ppm by mass.
  • the content of alkali metal or group 2 element in the cellulose ester can be measured by the following method.
  • the cellulose ester contained in a film is extracted.
  • the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester can be measured by the following atomic absorption method.
  • (1) Immerse the washed 50 ml capacity magnetic crucible in 2N aqueous nitric acid solution overnight.
  • (2) A magnetic crucible soaked in 2N nitric acid is washed with pure water, rinsed with ultrapure water, and dried in a drier.
  • a 2 g film sample is precisely weighed in a magnetic crucible.
  • the calibration curve was created by the following method.
  • the standard solution for the calibration curve was prepared by diluting a commercially available standard solution for atomic absorption (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) with 0.1N hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to a concentration of 0.1, 0.75, 1.5 ppm. used.
  • a trade name “AA-680” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used as the atomic absorption device.
  • the alkali metal is at least one selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, and Fr. Among these, at least one selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, and K is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring during heating, and more preferably K is included.
  • the group 2 element is at least one selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Ra. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of Mg and Ca is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring during heating, and more preferably Mg is included.
  • alkali metals and Group 2 elements may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Moreover, you may use together an alkali metal and a Group 2 element. When used in combination, the content is the total amount of all alkali metals and Group 2 elements contained in the film.
  • the alkali metal or Group 2 element is present in the film as a monovalent or divalent metal ion, or in the form of an inorganic salt or an organic fatty acid salt.
  • the inorganic salt include alkali metal or group 2 element halides, hydroxides, oxides, sulfates, nitrates, silicates, and the like.
  • natural products for example, talc (Mg 3 Si 4 O 10 (OH) 2 ), etc.
  • the organic fatty acid salt include acetate, citrate, maleate and the like.
  • an inorganic salt or metal ion such as Li, Na, K, Mg, Ca, etc.
  • the method for adjusting the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester resin is not particularly limited.
  • a desired amount of organic fatty acid salt or inorganic is added to the cellulose ester resin from which salt is removed or a resin composition containing the same. It can be adjusted by adding (adding) a salt.
  • cleaning water in the manufacturing process of a cellulose-ester resin instead of adding salt directly is mentioned.
  • Adjust the amount of salt to be added ; perform partial addition instead of adding all at once (repeat partial neutralization in the aging step (neutralize by adding a base continuously or intermittently)); Adjust the content of the metal contained in the cellulose ester resin by adjusting the amount of the recovered and recycled product used; or by selecting pure water adjusted for each ion amount and repeating washing; The content of the group element can be set to a desired range.
  • the content mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is such that the acrylic resin: cellulose ester resin has a mass ratio of 95: 5 to 30:70. This is necessary from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the film, and is preferably in the range of 70:30 to 60:40.
  • the content ratio of the acrylic resin is within the above range, the characteristics of the cellulose ester resin can be sufficiently obtained, and the resulting film has a low brittleness and a small photoelastic coefficient.
  • the resin composition described above may further contain optional components such as an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a plasticizer, a retardation control agent, and fine particles as necessary. Good.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is a compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 400 nm or less, preferably a compound having a transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm of 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.
  • the light transmittance of the ultraviolet absorber can be measured with a spectrophotometer by a conventional method using a solution obtained by dissolving the ultraviolet absorber in a solvent (for example, dichloromethane, toluene, etc.).
  • the spectrophotometer is, for example, a spectrophotometer UVIDFC-610 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, a 330-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3210-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3410-type self-recording spectrophotometer, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. -4000 self-recording spectrophotometer or the like can be used.
  • the ultraviolet absorber may be an oxybenzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, a salicylic acid ester compound, a benzophenone compound, a cyanoacrylate compound, a triazine compound, a nickel complex salt compound, an inorganic powder, etc.
  • benzotriazole-based UV absorbers and benzophenone-based UV absorbers are preferable, and benzotriazole-based UV absorbers are more preferable.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)- 6- (Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, Tinuvin 109, Tinuvin 171, Tinuvin 234, Tinuvin 326, Tinuvin 327, Tinuvin Tinuvins such as 328 and Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) are included.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber depends on the type of the ultraviolet absorber, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10% by mass, and in the range of 0.6 to 4% by mass with respect to the optical film. More preferably.
  • the resin composition according to the present invention preferably further contains an antioxidant as a stabilizer.
  • antioxidants include phenolic compounds, hindered amine compounds, phosphorus compounds, compounds containing unsaturated double bonds, and the like.
  • examples of the phenolic compound include a compound having a 2,6-dialkylphenol structure (for example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol).
  • examples of commercially available phenolic compounds include Irganox 1076, Irganox 1010, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., and Adeka Stub AO-50, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation.
  • Examples of phosphorus compounds include tris (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis (2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenyl) pentaerythritol-diphosphite, and the like.
  • Examples of commercially available phosphorus compounds include Sumitizer GP manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP-24G manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP-36 and ADK STAB 3010, IRGAFOS P-EPQ manufactured by BASF Japan K.K. This includes GSY-P101 manufactured by Kogyo Corporation.
  • hindered amine compounds examples include Tinuvin 144 and Tinuvin 770 manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., ADK STAB LA-52 manufactured by ADEKA Corp., and the like. These antioxidants may be only one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • Examples of the compound containing an unsaturated double bond include Sumitizer GM and Sumilizer GS manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 2.0% by mass relative to the resin component, more preferably 10 ppm to 1.0%, and more preferably 10 ppm to 0.1%. More preferably, it is within the range.
  • the fine particles have a function of increasing the slipperiness of the surface of the obtained optical film.
  • the fine particles may be inorganic fine particles or organic fine particles.
  • examples of the inorganic fine particles include silicon dioxide and zirconium oxide, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable in order to reduce an increase in the haze of the film.
  • silicon dioxide examples include Aerosil 200V, Aerosil R972V, Aerosil R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, OX50, TT600, NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), Sea Hoster KEP-10, Sea Hoster KEP- 30, Seahoster KEP-50 (above, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), Silo Hovic 100 (manufactured by Fuji Silysia), Nip Seal E220A (manufactured by Nippon Silica Industry), Admafine SO (manufactured by Admatechs), and the like.
  • the shape of the fine particles is irregular, acicular, flat or spherical, and is preferably spherical in order to ensure the transparency of the resulting film.
  • the size of the primary particles of fine particles or aggregates thereof is preferably in the range of 80 to 180 nm in order to obtain sufficient slipperiness.
  • the size of the primary particles of the fine particles or the aggregates thereof can be obtained as an average value of the particle diameters of 100 particles by observing the particles with a transmission electron microscope at a magnification of 500 to 2 million times.
  • the content of the fine particles is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass with respect to the resin component described above. When the content of the fine particles is more than 5.0% by mass, aggregates can be reduced.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram schematically showing the steps of the melt casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
  • the manufacturing method of the optical film of the present invention is such that after mixing film materials such as acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin, the extruder 1 is used to melt and extrude from the casting die 4 onto the first cooling roller 5.
  • the film is further circumscribed by a total of three cooling rollers, the second cooling roller 7 and the third cooling roller 8, in order to cool and solidify the film 10.
  • the film 10 peeled by the peeling roller 9 is then stretched in the width direction by gripping both ends of the film by the stretching device 12 and then wound by the winding device 16.
  • an elastic touch roller 6 that clamps the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roller 5 is provided to correct the flatness.
  • the elastic touch roller 6 has an elastic surface and forms a nip with the first cooling roller 5.
  • Extruder 1 is a melt-kneading extruder, and has a cylinder and a screw rotatably provided therein.
  • a hopper (not shown) for supplying film material is provided at the supply port of the cylinder.
  • the shape of the screw may be full flight, mudock, dull mage, etc., and is selected according to the viscosity of the molten resin and the required shearing force.
  • the extruder 1 may be a single screw extruder or a twin screw extruder.
  • a filter 2 for filtering the molten resin may be further provided between the extruder 1 and the casting die 4.
  • the filter 2 can be, for example, a leaf disk type filter.
  • the filtration accuracy of the filter is preferably 3 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • the material of the filter may be stainless steel or a sintered product thereof.
  • a mixing device such as a static mixer 3 for uniformly mixing the resin, a gear pump (not shown) for stabilizing the extrusion flow rate, and the like are further provided. Also good.
  • the casting die 4 may be a known one, such as a T die.
  • the material of the casting die 4 can be hard chrome, chromium carbide or the like.
  • the lip clearance of the casting die 4 is preferably 900 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 2 mm.
  • the inner wall surfaces of the extruder 1 and the casting die 4 are preferably subjected to surface processing for reducing the surface roughness or reducing the surface energy in order to make the molten resin difficult to adhere.
  • surface processing include processing for polishing to have a surface roughness of 0.2 S or less after hard chrome plating or ceramic spraying.
  • the cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 are high-rigidity metal rollers and have a structure in which a temperature-controllable medium can be circulated.
  • the surface material of the cooling rollers 5, 7, and 8 can be stainless steel, aluminum, titanium, or the like.
  • the surface of the cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 may be subjected to a surface treatment such as hard chrome plating in order to facilitate the peeling of the resin.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surfaces of the cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less in order to keep the haze of the resulting film low.
  • the elastic touch roller 6 is disposed to face the cooling roller 5.
  • the molten resin extruded from the casting die 4 is nipped between the cooling roller 5 and the elastic touch roller 6.
  • the stretching apparatus 12 is not particularly limited, but a roller stretching machine, a tenter stretching machine, or the like is preferably used. A roller stretching machine and a tenter stretching machine may be combined.
  • the tenter stretching machine preferably has a preheating zone, a stretching zone, a holding zone, and a cooling zone, and preferably has a neutral zone for insulating between the zones.
  • the optical film is, for example, a step of preparing pellets made of the resin composition described above (pelletizing step); a step of melt-kneading the film material containing the pellets with the extruder 1 and then extruding from the casting die 4 (melt extrusion) Step); a step of obtaining a film by cooling and solidifying the extruded molten resin (cooling and solidification step); and a step of stretching the film (stretching step).
  • the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and cellulose ester is preferably kneaded and pelletized in advance.
  • Pelletization can be performed by a known method.
  • the above resin composition is melt-kneaded with an extruder and then extruded from a die in a strand shape.
  • the molten resin extruded in a strand form can be cooled with water or air, and then cut to obtain pellets.
  • the raw material of the pellet is preferably dried before being supplied to the extruder 1 in order to prevent decomposition.
  • the cellulose ester easily absorbs moisture, it is preferable to dry it at 70 to 140 ° C. for 3 hours or more so that the water content is 200 ppm or less, preferably 100 ppm or less.
  • the mixture of the antioxidant and the resin component may be mixed with each other; the antioxidant dissolved in the solvent may be impregnated with the resin component; and the antioxidant may be mixed with the resin.
  • the ingredients may be sprayed and mixed.
  • a vacuum nauter mixer or the like is preferable because the raw materials can be dried and mixed at the same time.
  • the atmosphere in the vicinity of the hopper of the extruder 1 and in the vicinity of the exit of the casting die 4 is preferably an atmosphere of dehumidified air or N 2 gas in order to prevent deterioration of the raw material of the pellet.
  • the extruder 1 it is preferable to knead at a low shearing force or at a low temperature so as not to cause deterioration of the resin (decrease in molecular weight, increase in coloration, generation of high molecular weight bodies or gel-like foreign matters, etc.).
  • a twin-screw extruder it is preferable to use a deep groove type screw and to rotate the two screws in the same direction.
  • two screw shapes mesh with each other.
  • an optical film may be produced by melting and kneading the resin composition that has not been melt-kneaded as a raw material in the extruder 1 as it is.
  • the obtained molten pellets and other additives as required are fed from the hopper to the extruder.
  • the supply of pellets is preferably performed under vacuum, reduced pressure, or inert gas atmosphere in order to prevent oxidative decomposition of the pellets.
  • the film material containing the molten pellet is melt-kneaded.
  • the melting temperature of the film material in the extruder 1 depends on the type of the film material, it is preferably in the range of Tg to (Tg + 100) ° C., more preferably when the glass transition temperature of the film is Tg. It is within the range of (Tg + 10) to (Tg + 90) ° C.
  • the residence time of the film material in the extruder 1 is preferably 5 minutes or less. The residence time can be adjusted by the number of rotations of the screw, the depth of the groove, L / D which is the ratio of the cylinder length (L) to the cylinder inner diameter (D), and the like.
  • the molten resin extruded from the extruder 1 is filtered with a filter 2 or the like as necessary, and further mixed with a static mixer 3 or the like, and extruded from a casting die 4 into a film.
  • the melting temperature Tm of the resin at the exit portion of the casting die 4 can be about 200 to 300.degree.
  • the resin extruded from the die is nipped between the cooling roller 5 and the elastic touch roller 6 so that the film-like molten resin has a predetermined thickness. Then, the film-like molten resin is cooled stepwise with a plurality of cooling rollers 7 and 8 and solidified.
  • the surface temperature Tr1 of the cooling roller 5 can be Tg or less, where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the resulting film.
  • the surface temperature Tr2 of the second cooling roller 7 can be (Tg ⁇ 50) ° C. ⁇ Tr2 ⁇ Tg ° C.
  • the film surface temperature Tt on the elastic touch roller 6 side can be (Tr1-50) ° C. ⁇ Tt ⁇ (Tr1-5) ° C.
  • the film-shaped molten resin solidified by the cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 is peeled by the peeling roller 9 to obtain a web.
  • the obtained web is stretched by the stretching device 12 to obtain a film.
  • the stretching may be performed in at least one direction, and is preferably performed in both the web width direction (TD direction) and the web conveyance direction (MD direction).
  • the web width direction (TD direction) stretching and the web conveyance direction (MD direction) stretching are sequential. Or may be performed simultaneously.
  • the draw ratio may be 1.01 to 3.0 times, preferably 1.1 to 2.0 times in each direction.
  • the final direction is 1.01 to 3.0 times, preferably 1.1 to 2.0 times in each direction. It is preferable to do.
  • the stretching temperature is preferably Tg to (Tg + 50) ° C.
  • the stretching temperature is preferably uniform in the width direction of the web (TD direction) or the transport direction (MD direction), and the variation in the width direction or transport direction of the web stretching temperature is preferably ⁇ 2 ° C. or less,
  • the temperature is more preferably ⁇ 1 ° C. or less, and further preferably ⁇ 0.5 ° C. or less.
  • the film obtained after stretching is shrunk in the transport direction (MD direction) or the width direction (TD direction) as necessary. May be.
  • MD direction transport direction
  • TD direction width direction
  • the width of the obtained optical film is preferably in the range of 1.3 to 4 m, and more preferably in the range of 1.4 to 3.0 m.
  • the total content of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin in the obtained optical film is preferably 55% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more with respect to the optical film. More preferably.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw is not more than a certain value, and the content of residual components such as unreacted monomers, radical polymerization initiators or chain transfer agents is adjusted to be not more than a certain amount. Therefore, the production of a high molecular weight resin can be reduced when the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin are melt-kneaded. Therefore, even if the optical film is a thin film, surface roughness does not occur.
  • the thickness of the optical film is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 35 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 10 to 30 ⁇ m, and in the range of 15 to 25 ⁇ m It is particularly preferable for providing a film.
  • the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction of the optical film is preferably in the range of 0 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 0 to 250 nm.
  • the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of ⁇ 100 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of ⁇ 50 to 50 nm.
  • the retardation value can be adjusted by, for example, the content ratio of acrylic resin and cellulose ester, stretching conditions, and the like.
  • Retardation values Ro and Rt are represented by the following formulas, respectively.
  • Formula (I) Ro (n x -n y) ⁇ d
  • Formula (II) Rt ⁇ (n x + n y ) / 2 ⁇ n z ⁇ ⁇ d
  • N x the slow axis direction of the refractive index of the film plane
  • n y the film plane, the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis
  • n z refractive index of the film in the thickness direction
  • d Film thickness (nm)
  • the retardation values Ro and Rt can be determined by the following method, for example.
  • the average refractive index of the film is measured with a refractometer.
  • is greater than 0 °, preferably in the range of 30 ° to 50 °.
  • nx, ny and nz are calculated by KOBRA-21AWR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments, and Rt is calculated.
  • the angle ⁇ 1 (orientation angle) formed by the in-plane slow axis of the optical film and the width direction of the film is preferably ⁇ 5 ° or more and + 5 ° or less, and more preferably ⁇ 1 ° or more and + 1 ° or less. .
  • the orientation angle ⁇ 1 of the optical film can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21AWR (Oji Scientific Instruments).
  • the haze of the optical film measured in accordance with JIS K-7136 is preferably less than 1.0%, more preferably 0.2% or less, and 0.1% or less. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 0.05% or less.
  • the amount of residual components contained in the acrylic resin is set to a certain level or less, and the generation of gel-like foreign matters is suppressed by using a purified cellulose ester resin preferable for the present invention. Is preferred.
  • the haze of the optical film can be measured by a method based on JIS K-7136; specifically, the following method can be used.
  • the obtained optical film is conditioned at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH for 5 hours or more. Thereafter, dust attached to the surface of the film is removed with a blower or the like.
  • the haze of the optical film is measured with a haze meter (turbidimeter) (model: NDH 2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) under the condition of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
  • the light source of the haze meter may be a 5V9W halogen sphere, and the light receiving part may be a silicon photocell (with a relative visibility filter).
  • the total light transmittance of the optical film is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more.
  • the total light transmittance can be measured with a spectrophotometer.
  • the spectrophotometer is, for example, a spectrophotometer UVIDFC-610 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, a 330-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3210-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3410-type self-recording spectrophotometer, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. -4000 self-recording spectrophotometer or the like can be used.
  • the glass transition temperature of the optical film is preferably in the range of 110 to 200 ° C, and more preferably in the range of 120 to 190 ° C.
  • the glass transition temperature of the optical film can be measured by a method based on JIS K7121 (1987). Specifically, using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-7 manufactured by Perkin Elmer), the glass transition temperature (Tmg) when the optical film was heated at a heating rate of 20 ° C./min. Can be measured as
  • the moisture permeability of the optical film at 40 ° C. and 90% RH measured in accordance with JIS Z 0208 is preferably in the range of 200 to 1500 (g / (m 2 ⁇ 24 hr)), and is preferably 400 to 1200 ( g / (m 2 ⁇ 24 hr)) is more preferable.
  • the content ratio of the acrylic resin may be increased.
  • the optical film of the present invention is suitable for bonding to a polarizer to produce a polarizing plate.
  • a polarizer is an element that allows only light having a polarization plane in a certain direction to pass therethrough.
  • a typical example of the polarizer is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, and there are one in which a polyvinyl alcohol-based film is dyed with iodine and one in which a dichroic dye is dyed.
  • the polarizer may be a film obtained by uniaxially stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film and then dyeing with iodine or a dichroic dye, or after dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol film with iodine or a dichroic dye, A uniaxially stretched film (preferably a film further subjected to durability treatment with a boron compound) may be used.
  • the thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 10 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol film may be a film formed from a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol film is preferably an ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film because it is excellent in polarizing performance and durability performance and has few color spots.
  • Examples of the ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film include an ethylene unit content of 1 to 4 mol%, a degree of polymerization of 2000 to 4000, and a degree of saponification of 99 described in JP-A Nos. 2003-248123 and 2003-342322. 0.0-99.99 mol% film is included.
  • dichroic dyes examples include azo dyes, stilbene dyes, pyrazolone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, quinoline dyes, oxazine dyes, thiazine dyes and anthraquinone dyes.
  • the optical film of the present invention may be disposed directly on at least one surface of the polarizer, or may be disposed via another film or layer.
  • a protective film (other protective film) other than the optical film of the present invention may be disposed on the other surface of the polarizer.
  • Other protective films are not particularly limited, and may be ordinary cellulose ester films and the like.
  • cellulose ester films examples include commercially available cellulose ester films (for example, Konica Minoltak KC8UX, KC5UX, KC4UX, KC8UCR3, KC4SR, KC4BR, KC4CR, KC4DR, KC4FR, KC4KR, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC4UY, CC6UY KC8UE, KC8UY-HA, KC2UA, KC4UA, KC6UAKC, 2UAH, KC4UAH, KC6UAH, and above, manufactured by Konica Minolta Advanced Layer Co., Ltd.) are preferably used.
  • cellulose ester films for example, Konica Minoltak KC8UX, KC5UX, KC4UX, KC8UCR3, KC4SR, KC4BR, KC4CR, KC4DR, KC4FR, KC4KR, KC8UY, KC
  • the polarizing plate can be usually obtained through a step of bonding a polarizer and the above-described optical film.
  • a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution or the like is preferably used.
  • the optical film of the present invention and the polarizer can be bonded together using an active energy ray-curable adhesive or the like, but the resulting adhesive layer has a high elastic modulus and deforms the polarizing plate. From the viewpoint of easy suppression, it is preferable to use a photocurable adhesive.
  • Preferred examples of the photocurable adhesive include ( ⁇ ) cationic polymerizable compound, ( ⁇ ) photocationic polymerization initiator, and ( ⁇ ) a wavelength longer than 380 nm, as disclosed in JP 2011-08234 A. And a photo-curable adhesive composition containing each component of a photosensitizer exhibiting maximum absorption in the light of ( ⁇ ) and a naphthalene-based photosensitization aid.
  • other photocurable adhesives may be used.
  • the polarizing plate includes (1) a pretreatment step for easily adhering the surface of the optical film to which the polarizer is bonded, and (2) at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film. (3) A bonding step of bonding the polarizer and the optical film through the obtained adhesive layer, and 4) A polarizer and the optical film are bonded through the adhesive layer. It can manufacture by the manufacturing method including the hardening process which hardens an adhesive bond layer in the match
  • Pretreatment process In the pretreatment step, an easy adhesion treatment is performed on the adhesive surface of the optical film with the polarizer.
  • easy adhesion processing is performed on the bonding surface of each optical film with the polarizer. Examples of the easy adhesion treatment include corona treatment and plasma treatment.
  • the photocurable adhesive is applied to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film.
  • the application method is not particularly limited. For example, various coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used.
  • various coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used.
  • the method of pressurizing with a roller etc. and spreading uniformly can also be utilized.
  • Bonding process For example, when a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the polarizer in the previous application step, an optical film is superimposed thereon. When a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the optical film in the previous application step, a polarizer is superimposed thereon. In addition, when a photocurable adhesive is cast between the polarizer and the optical film, the polarizer and the optical film are superposed in that state.
  • the optical film is superimposed on the both surfaces of the polarizer via the photocurable adhesive.
  • both sides if the optical film is superimposed on one side of the polarizer, the polarizer side and the optical film side, and if the optical film is superimposed on both sides of the polarizer, The film is pressed with a roller or the like from the film side).
  • the material of the roller metal, rubber or the like can be used.
  • the rollers arranged on both sides may be made of the same material or different materials.
  • the active energy ray is irradiated to the uncured photocurable adhesive to cure the adhesive layer containing the epoxy compound or the oxetane compound.
  • the overlapped polarizer and the optical film are bonded via the photocurable adhesive.
  • an active energy ray is applied from either one of the optical films in a state where the optical film is superimposed on both surfaces of the polarizer via a photocurable adhesive. It is advantageous to irradiate and simultaneously cure the photocurable adhesive on both sides.
  • active energy rays visible rays, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, electron beams and the like can be used, and since they are easy to handle and have a sufficient curing rate, electron beams or ultraviolet rays are generally preferably used.
  • the acceleration voltage is preferably in the range of 5 to 300 kV, more preferably in the range of 10 to 250 kV.
  • the acceleration voltage is less than 5 kV, the electron beam may not reach the adhesive and may be insufficiently cured.
  • the acceleration voltage exceeds 300 kV, the penetrating force through the sample is too strong and the electron beam rebounds, and an optical film or polarized light. There is a risk of damaging the child.
  • the irradiation dose is in the range of 5 to 100 kGy, more preferably in the range of 10 to 75 kGy.
  • the adhesive becomes insufficiently cured, and when it exceeds 100 kGy, the transparent optical film and the polarizer are damaged, resulting in a decrease in mechanical strength and yellowing, thereby obtaining predetermined optical characteristics. I can't.
  • Arbitrary appropriate conditions can be employ
  • the dose of ultraviolet rays in the range of 50 ⁇ 1500mJ / cm 2 in accumulated light amount, and even more preferably in the range of within the range of 100 ⁇ 500mJ / cm 2.
  • the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal cell and a pair of polarizing plates that sandwich the liquid crystal cell. And at least one is a polarizing plate which has the optical film of this invention among a pair of polarizing plates, More preferably, both of a pair of polarizing plates are polarizing plates which have the optical film of this invention.
  • the display method of the liquid crystal cell is not particularly limited, and is a TN (Twisted Nematic) method, an STN (Super Twisted Nematic) method, an IPS (In-Plane Switching) method, an OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence Ventilation method).
  • TN Transmission Nematic
  • STN Super Twisted Nematic
  • IPS In-Plane Switching
  • OCB Optically Compensated Birefringence Ventilation method.
  • MVA Multi-domain Vertical Alignment and PVA; including Patterned Vertical Alignment), HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic), etc.
  • the IPS system is preferable, and from the viewpoint of high contrast, the VA system is preferable.
  • MMA Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation Acryloylmorpholine (ACMO): manufactured by Kojin Co., Ltd.
  • ACMO Acryloylmorpholine
  • Synthesis Example 1 An acrylic resin was synthesized according to the flow shown in FIG. 4 using the monomer material described above. That is, as shown in FIG.
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • ACMO acryloylmorpholine
  • a refrigerant was adjusted through the jacket so that the temperature in the catalyst dissolution tank was 5 ° C.
  • the obtained catalyst solution was continuously fed to a 10 L polymerization reactor (SUS304, with a helical ribbon blade agitator, with a jacket) at a flow rate of 1.47 kg / Hr by a pump.
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • ACMO acryloylmorpholine
  • MMA 88.8 mass%
  • ACMO 11.2 mass.
  • the n-octyl mercaptan as a chain transfer agent was further added to 0.137% by mass with respect to the total amount of monomer components contained in the catalyst solution and the monomer mixture. These components were mixed with stirring.
  • the refrigerant was adjusted through the jacket so that the temperature in the monomer preparation tank was 5 ° C.
  • the obtained monomer mixed solution was fed to the aforementioned polymerization reactor by a pump at a flow rate of 13.279 kg / hr.
  • the catalyst solution and the monomer mixture are added, and the polymerization reaction is carried out at an average residence time of 26 minutes at a temperature of 175 ° C. ⁇ 2 ° C. until an average polymerization rate of 56% by mass.
  • a liquid polymer composition was obtained. Thereafter, the obtained liquid polymer composition was taken out from the upper part of the polymerization reactor and fed to a heater (inner diameter 16.7 mm ⁇ length 3 m, with jacket).
  • the obtained polymer composition was fed to a devolatilizing extruder while heating the liquid polymer composition to 20 kg / cm 2 G and 200 ° C. in a heater.
  • the devolatilizing extruder is a twin screw extruder (TEX-30) manufactured by Nippon Steel Co., Ltd., different direction rotation method, screw diameter 30 mm, cylinder length 1200 mm, 1 rear vent, 3 fore vents. Using. Each vent of the devolatilizing extruder was evacuated, the cylinder temperature was about 250 ° C., the liquid polymer composition was devolatilized, and volatile components mainly composed of unreacted monomers were taken out from the vent.
  • the taken-out unreacted monomer was recovered in a monomer recovery tower (inner diameter 100 mm, length 3 m, SUS304, 3/8 inch SUS Raschig ring packed tower, concentration section length 0.7 m, recovery section length 0.3 m).
  • acrylic resin A1 was obtained at an average rate of 13.5 kg / hr.
  • the contents of the monomer, polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent remaining in the obtained acrylic resin A1 were measured by the following method. That is, 0.1 g of acrylic resin was dissolved in 2 ml of acetone and sonicated for 30 minutes. To this solution, 50 ppm of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether as an internal standard component was added, and then diluted to 10 ml with hexane to obtain a sample solution. The contents of the monomer, polymerization initiator, and chain transfer agent contained in this sample solution were measured by GC / MS. The GC / MS measurement apparatus and measurement conditions were as follows.
  • the acrylic resin A2 tried to reduce the content of residual unreacted monomer to 50 ppm, but it was difficult to reduce it.
  • the acrylic resin A7 tried to reduce the content of the residual polymerization initiator to 5 ppm, but it was difficult to reduce.
  • the acrylic resin A22 tried to reduce the content of residual unreacted monomer to 50 ppm, the content of residual polymerization initiator to 5 ppm, and the content of residual chain transfer agent to 5 ppm, but it was difficult to reduce.
  • (B) Cellulose Ester Resin Table 2 shows the acetyl group substitution degree, propionyl group substitution degree, butyryl group substitution degree, and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of raw material cellulose esters A to E used in the synthesis of the following cellulose ester resins.
  • the cellulose ester of Table 2 was purchased or synthesize
  • Table 4 shows the poor solvent, the dropping temperature, the dropping time, and the stirring time.
  • SP value numerical value s and a value The SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent shown in Tables 3 and 4 was determined from Polymer Hand Book (Second Edition) Chapter IV, Solubility Parameter Values, and the value was taken as s.
  • Formula (1) a s + 0.8t (In the formula, s is the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent, and t is the total number of acyl group carbon atoms per glucose unit of the cellulose ester. 0.8t above) Is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.)
  • the a value preferably satisfies the following formula (2) for controlling the crystallized product shape.
  • Alkali metal or Group 2 element content The type and content of alkali metal and the type and content of Group 2 element were measured by the above methods. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • the obtained pellets were dried by circulating dehumidified air at a temperature of 70 ° C. for 5 hours or more, and then put into a single screw extruder while maintaining the temperature at 100 ° C.
  • the moisture content of the pellets charged into the single screw extruder was 120 ppm.
  • the obtained pellets were melt-kneaded at 235 ° C. with a single screw extruder (extruder 1), and then extruded from the T die (die 4) onto the cooling roller 5 having a surface temperature of 90 ° C. And after pressing the resin extruded on the cooling roller 5 with the elastic touch roller 6 whose surface metal layer has a thickness of 2 mm, the resin is further cooled with the cooling roller 7 and the cooling roller 8 to have a thickness of 60 ⁇ m. Got the web.
  • the cooled and solidified web was peeled off by the peeling roller 9 and then stretched by a roller stretching machine at 175 ° C. in the web conveyance direction (MD direction) at a stretching ratio of 1.6 times (60%).
  • the obtained film was introduced into a tenter stretching machine having a preheating zone, a stretching zone, a holding zone, and a cooling zone, and further having a neutral zone between each zone. And it extended
  • Examples 2 to 13 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the content of the residual unreacted monomer, the residual polymerization initiator, and the residual chain transfer agent in the acrylic resin A1 was changed to the acrylic resin type as shown in Table 6. A film was obtained.
  • Example 14 to 18 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of cellulose ester resin was changed as shown in Table 6.
  • Example 19 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the optical film was changed as shown in Table 6.
  • Comparative Examples 1 to 5 An optical film of a comparative example was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that acrylic resins A6, A10, A14, and A17 containing a large amount of residual unreacted monomer, residual polymerization initiator, and residual chain transfer agent were used. .
  • an optical film of a comparative example was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that acrylic resin A16 in which the composition ratio (mass%) of MMA and ACMO was changed to 30:70 was used.
  • a resin composition containing acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin as a sample in a mass ratio of 65:35 is a thermal analyzer manufactured by SII (EXSTAR6000 TG / DTA). The sample was melted by heating for about 1 hour while keeping the temperature at 260 ° C. in a nitrogen stream using about 5 to 10 mg of the sample.
  • the molecular weight was measured by the following GPC.
  • GPC measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the detection sensitivity value difference obtained by subtracting the detection sensitivity value of GPC before heating and melting from the detection sensitivity value of GPC after heating and melting is plotted against the horizontal axis molecular weight (Mw).
  • the positive differential area (a) was defined as the area on the high molecular weight side from the molecular weight value indicating the GPC detection sensitivity peak value before heating of the resin composition.
  • the area was obtained using a multi-station GPC-8020 model II manufactured by Tosoh Corporation.
  • the high molecular weight product formation rate H is a value obtained by dividing the positive difference area (a) by the peak area (b) of the GPC before heating, and was obtained by the following formula.
  • Surface Roughness refers to a state where the surface of the optical film obtained by casting film formation is rough like a pine bark or dry rice paper.
  • the optical film is irradiated with light from a point light source at an angle of 45 degrees, an image projected on a plain screen is observed, and the surface roughness of a pine skin or dried rice paper is visually confirmed.
  • Table 6 summarizes the structure and evaluation results of the optical film.
  • the content of the residual unreacted monomer, the residual polymerization initiator, and the residual chain transfer agent is reduced, and the high molecular weight product formation rate H according to the present invention is within the scope of the present invention. It can be seen that the optical film produced using the composition does not cause surface roughness even when it is thinned, and at the same time, the gel-like foreign matters are greatly reduced.
  • the amount of crystallized matter remaining on the sieve is reduced by adjusting the solvent and its use conditions so that the value a according to the present invention is within the preferred range, and the alkali metal in the cellulose ester resin
  • the purified cellulose ester resins B4 to B6 having a reduced group 2 element content have a great effect in reducing gel-like foreign substances.
  • the thickness of the optical film is preferably in the range of 15 to 25 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of surface roughness.
  • the glossy film of the present invention is an optical film that does not cause surface roughness and has reduced gel-like foreign matter, and is suitable for polarizing plates, liquid crystal display devices, and other wide display devices.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Processes Of Treating Macromolecular Substances (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Description

光学フィルムの製造方法Manufacturing method of optical film

 本発明は、光学フィルムの製造方法に関する。より詳しくは、溶融流延法によって従来よりも薄い膜厚で製膜しても、面荒れの発生がなく、かつゲル状異物の低減した光学フィルムの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for producing an optical film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for producing an optical film in which surface roughness does not occur even when a film having a thinner film thickness than that of the conventional film is formed by a melt casting method and gel-like foreign matters are reduced.

 従来のアクリル樹脂の代表であるポリメタクリル酸メチル(以下、PMMAと略す。)は、その優れた透明性、寸法安定性、低吸湿性などの観点から、光学フィルムに好適に用いられてきた。しかし、PMMAフィルムは耐熱性に乏しく、高温下での使用、長期的な使用などにおいて、形状が変わるという問題があった。 Polymethyl methacrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “PMMA”), which is a representative of conventional acrylic resins, has been suitably used for optical films from the viewpoint of its excellent transparency, dimensional stability, low hygroscopicity, and the like. However, the PMMA film has poor heat resistance, and there has been a problem that the shape changes when used under high temperatures or for long-term use.

 耐熱性を改善するために、アクリル樹脂と特定のセルロースエステル樹脂とを混合した光学フィルムが提案された(例えば、特許文献1参照。)。また、同様の材料を溶融流延製膜し、脆性、黄色度、及びブリードアウトを同時に改善した光学フィルム及びその製造方法が提案されている(例えば、特許文献2参照。)。 In order to improve heat resistance, an optical film in which an acrylic resin and a specific cellulose ester resin are mixed has been proposed (for example, see Patent Document 1). In addition, an optical film in which the same material is melt casted to improve brittleness, yellowness, and bleed-out simultaneously, and a method for producing the same have been proposed (for example, see Patent Document 2).

 環境負荷軽減・コスト削減のため、樹脂製膜は溶液流延製膜から溶融流延製膜へと移行してきている。同時にコスト削減という点では、市場にニーズでもある液晶ディスプレイの薄型化も求められており、部材としての光学フィルムの薄膜化が必要とされている。 In order to reduce environmental burden and reduce costs, resin film production has shifted from solution casting film formation to melt casting film formation. At the same time, in terms of cost reduction, there is a demand for thinning of liquid crystal displays, which is also a market need, and it is necessary to reduce the thickness of optical films as members.

 我々は光学フィルムの薄膜化の検討の中で、上記アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物を用いて、溶融流延製膜にて従来の光学フィルムの膜厚より薄く製膜したところ、これまで見られなかった面荒れと呼ぶフィルムの表面故障が発生することを見出した。また、薄膜化したことで異物等によるヘイズ上昇や輝点欠陥への影響も大きくなり、より一層の異物低減が求められることが分かった。 In the study of thinning the optical film, we made a film thinner than the film thickness of the conventional optical film by melt casting using the resin composition containing the above acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin. However, the present inventors have found that a film surface failure called surface roughness that has not been seen so far occurs. Further, it has been found that the thinning increases the haze increase due to foreign matters and the influence on bright spot defects, and further reduction of foreign matters is required.

特開2009-299075号公報JP 2009-299075 A 特開2010-122340号公報JP 2010-122340 A

 本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物を用いて、溶融流延製膜にて従来の光学フィルムの膜厚より薄く製膜するときに、面荒れの発生がなく、かつゲル状異物の低減した光学フィルムの製造方法を提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and a solution to the problem is that a conventional optical film is formed by melt casting using a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for producing an optical film in which surface roughness does not occur and gel-like foreign matters are reduced when a film is formed thinner than this film thickness.

 本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、上記問題の原因等について検討する過程において、溶融流延製膜時に発生する面荒れは、アクリル樹脂中の不純物である残留未反応モノマー、残留重合開始剤、及び残留連鎖移動剤等が加熱によって反応性が上がり、アクリル樹脂やセルロースエステル樹脂の凝集と推測される高分子量体が生成することによって生ずるものであることを見出した。また、該アクリル樹脂中の不純物である残留未反応モノマー、残留重合開始剤及び残留連鎖移動剤はセルロースエステル樹脂の一部とも反応することによりゲル状異物となることも見出した。 In order to solve the above problems, the present inventor, in the process of examining the cause of the above problems, surface roughness generated during melt casting film formation, residual unreacted monomer that is an impurity in the acrylic resin, residual polymerization start It has been found that the reactivity of the agent, the residual chain transfer agent, etc. is increased by heating, and is produced by the formation of a high molecular weight substance that is presumed to be an aggregation of acrylic resin or cellulose ester resin. It has also been found that residual unreacted monomers, residual polymerization initiators and residual chain transfer agents, which are impurities in the acrylic resin, become gel-like foreign substances by reacting with part of the cellulose ester resin.

 そこで、アクリル樹脂やセルロースエステル樹脂の凝集と推測される高分子量体の生成を低減することで、面荒れやゲル状異物の発生を抑制できることを見出し、本発明に至ったものである。 Thus, the present inventors have found that surface roughness and generation of gel-like foreign matters can be suppressed by reducing the generation of a high molecular weight substance that is presumed to be an aggregation of an acrylic resin or a cellulose ester resin.

 すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。 That is, the above-mentioned problem according to the present invention is solved by the following means.

 1.少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを95:5~30:70の範囲内の質量比で含有する樹脂組成物を用いて、溶融流延製膜する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、該樹脂組成物の下記式で定義される高分子量体生成率Hを0~10%の範囲内とすることを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 1. A method for producing an optical film for melt casting using a resin composition containing at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin in a mass ratio within a range of 95: 5 to 30:70, comprising: A method for producing an optical film, characterized in that the high molecular weight product formation rate H defined by the following formula is within the range of 0 to 10%.

 式 H=(a/b)×100(%)
 ここで、Hは、該アクリル樹脂と該セルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定において、横軸を分子量(Mw)、縦軸を検出感度値としたときに、該樹脂組成物を温度260℃で1時間加熱した後のGPCの検出感度値から、該樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの検出感度値を引いた検出感度値差を横軸分子量(Mw)に対してプロットし、得られた波形の正の差分面積(a)を、前記樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの面積(b)で除した値((a/b)×100(%))である。なお、前記正の差分面積(a)は、該樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの検出感度ピーク値を示す分子量値より高分子量側の面積である。
Formula H = (a / b) × 100 (%)
Here, H is a molecular weight (Mw) on the horizontal axis and a detection sensitivity value on the vertical axis in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement of the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin. The difference in detection sensitivity value obtained by subtracting the detection sensitivity value of GPC before heating of the resin composition from the detection sensitivity value of GPC after heating the resin composition at a temperature of 260 ° C. for 1 hour is expressed as a molecular weight (Mw ) And the value obtained by dividing the positive difference area (a) of the obtained waveform by the area (b) of GPC before heating of the resin composition ((a / b) × 100 (%)) ). The positive differential area (a) is an area on the higher molecular weight side than the molecular weight value indicating the GPC detection sensitivity peak value before heating of the resin composition.

 2.前記アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwが2.0×10~5.0×10の範囲内であり、かつ前記アクリル樹脂の残留未反応モノマーの含有量が100~1000ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする前記第1項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。 2. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is in the range of 2.0 × 10 4 to 5.0 × 10 5 , and the content of residual unreacted monomer in the acrylic resin is in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm. 2. The method for producing an optical film as described in 1 above.

 3.前記アクリル樹脂の残留重合開始剤の含有量が10~500ppmの範囲内であり、かつ残留連鎖移動剤の含有量が10~500ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする前記第1項又は第2項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。 3. Item 1 or Item 2 above, wherein the acrylic resin has a residual polymerization initiator content in the range of 10 to 500 ppm and a residual chain transfer agent content in the range of 10 to 500 ppm. The manufacturing method of the optical film of description.

 4.前記第1項から第3項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法であって、前記セルロースエステル樹脂を、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒とを混合し、セルロースエステルを沈殿させることにより製造する際に、前記セルロースエステル溶液に含まれる溶媒に対する水の含有率が、10~60質量%の範囲内であり、かつ前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒とを混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値(s)と沈殿したセルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数(t)が、下記式(1)及び(2)を満たすことを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 4. It is a manufacturing method of the optical film as described in any one of said 1st term | claim-3rd item | term, Comprising: The said cellulose ester resin is mixed with a cellulose-ester solution and a poor solvent, By precipitating a cellulose ester. When producing, the content of water in the solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution is in the range of 10 to 60% by mass, and the SP of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent. A method for producing an optical film, characterized in that the numerical value (s) of the value and the total number of acyl groups (t) per glucose unit of the precipitated cellulose ester satisfy the following formulas (1) and (2).

 式(1) a=s+0.8t
 式(2) 31≦a≦40
(式中、sは、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値であり、tは、セルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数である。上記0.8tは、SP値に対するアシル基の寄与に関する項である。)
 5.前記セルロースエステル樹脂中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量が、各々1~150ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする前記第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。
Formula (1) a = s + 0.8t
Formula (2) 31 ≦ a ≦ 40
(In the formula, s is the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent, and t is the total number of acyl group carbon atoms per glucose unit of the cellulose ester. 0.8t above) Is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.)
5. The optical component according to any one of items 1 to 4, wherein the content of the alkali metal or the group 2 element in the cellulose ester resin is in the range of 1 to 150 ppm. A method for producing a film.

 6.前記光学フィルムの厚さが、10~35μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする前記第1項から第5項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。 6. 6. The method for producing an optical film according to any one of items 1 to 5, wherein the thickness of the optical film is in a range of 10 to 35 μm.

 本発明の上記手段により、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物を用いて、溶融流延製膜にて従来の光学フィルムの膜厚より薄く製膜するときに、面荒れの発生がなく、かつゲル状異物の低減した光学フィルムの製造方法を提供することができる。また、該光学フィルム製造方法によって製造された光学フィルムを提供することができる。 When the above-mentioned means of the present invention is used to form a film with a thickness smaller than that of a conventional optical film by melt casting using a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin, surface roughness occurs. And a method for producing an optical film with reduced gelled foreign matters can be provided. Moreover, the optical film manufactured by this optical film manufacturing method can be provided.

 本発明の効果の発現機構ないし作用機構については、明確にはなっていないが、以下のように推察している。 The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.

 本発明者らの検討によれば、面荒れという現象は、前記樹脂組成物を加熱溶融しているときに樹脂組成物中に意図しない高分子量体が生成し、該高分子量体は該樹脂組成物との相溶性が劣るために、製膜段階でウェブ表面に現れて表面状態を不規則な凹凸形状にするものと推定される。 According to the study by the present inventors, the phenomenon of surface roughness is that an unintended high molecular weight body is generated in the resin composition when the resin composition is heated and melted, and the high molecular weight body is the resin composition. Since the compatibility with the product is inferior, it is presumed that it appears on the surface of the web in the film forming stage and the surface state becomes irregular uneven shape.

 アクリル樹脂は、通常メタアクリル酸メチルなどのモノマーを、重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤などの存在下で重合反応させて得られるため、未反応のモノマーや重合開始剤、連鎖移動剤などの残留成分を含むことがある。これらの残留成分が、加熱溶融時に活性化してアクリル樹脂やセルロースエステル樹脂と反応して、前記意図しない高分子量体を生成するものと推定される。同時に、該残留成分はセルロースエステル樹脂の一部と反応してゲル状異物を生成するものと推定される。 Acrylic resins are usually obtained by polymerizing monomers such as methyl methacrylate in the presence of a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent, so that residual components such as unreacted monomers, polymerization initiators, chain transfer agents, etc. May be included. It is presumed that these residual components are activated at the time of heat-melting and react with an acrylic resin or a cellulose ester resin to produce the unintended high molecular weight body. At the same time, it is presumed that the residual component reacts with a part of the cellulose ester resin to form a gel-like foreign material.

 従って本発明によれば、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物を、特定の温度、時間条件で加熱すると形成される高分子量体を一定量以内に抑える構成によって、前記残留未反応モノマー、残留重合開始剤及び残留連鎖移動剤の含有量を低減し、意図しない高分子量体の生成を抑制することができ、溶融流延製膜で従来の光学フィルムの膜厚よりも薄く製膜しても面荒れの発生がなく、かつゲル状異物の低減した光学フィルムの製造方法を提供できるものと考えられる。 Therefore, according to the present invention, the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is heated at a specific temperature and time condition to suppress the formed high molecular weight polymer within a certain amount, so that the residual unreacted The content of monomers, residual polymerization initiators and residual chain transfer agents can be reduced, and unintentional high molecular weight products can be suppressed. Even in this case, it is considered that a method for producing an optical film in which surface roughness does not occur and gelled foreign matters are reduced can be provided.

アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCのピーク面積(b)GPC peak area before heating of resin composition containing acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin (b) アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルとを含有する樹脂組成物を温度260℃で1時間加熱した前後のGPCのピーク面積の変化Change in peak area of GPC before and after heating resin composition containing acrylic resin and cellulose ester at 260 ° C. for 1 hour 本発明に係る正の差分面積(a)Positive differential area according to the present invention (a) アクリル樹脂の合成方法の一例を示す図Diagram showing an example of acrylic resin synthesis method フィルムの製造装置の一例を示す模式図Schematic diagram showing an example of film production equipment

 本発明の光学フィルムの製造方法は、少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを95:5~30:70の範囲内の質量比で含有する樹脂組成物を用いて溶融流延製膜する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、該樹脂組成物の前記方法にて算出される高分子量体生成率Hを0~10%の範囲内とすることを特徴とし、かかる構成によって本発明の効果である、溶融流延製膜で従来の膜厚より薄く製膜しても、面荒れの発生を防止するものである。 The method for producing an optical film of the present invention is an optical film for melt casting using a resin composition containing at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin in a mass ratio within a range of 95: 5 to 30:70. A production method, characterized in that the high molecular weight product formation rate H calculated by the above method of the resin composition is in the range of 0 to 10%, and this structure is an effect of the present invention. Even when the cast film is formed thinner than the conventional film thickness, the occurrence of surface roughness is prevented.

 この特徴は、請求項1から請求項6までの請求項に係る発明に共通する技術的特徴である。 This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 6.

 本発明の実施態様としては、本発明の効果発現の観点から、前記アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwが2.0×10~5.0×10の範囲内であり、かつ前記アクリル樹脂の残留未反応モノマーの含有量が100~1000ppmの範囲内であることが好ましい。また、前記アクリル樹脂の残留開始剤の含有量が10~500ppmの範囲内であり、かつ残留連鎖移動剤の含有量が10~500ppmの範囲内であることが、より面荒れ防止の効果を高めることから好ましい。 As an embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention, the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is in the range of 2.0 × 10 4 to 5.0 × 10 5 and The content of residual unreacted monomer is preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm. In addition, the residual initiator content of the acrylic resin is in the range of 10 to 500 ppm, and the residual chain transfer agent content is in the range of 10 to 500 ppm, which further enhances the effect of preventing surface roughness. Therefore, it is preferable.

 さらに、本発明においては、前記セルロースエステル樹脂が、前記特定のセルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法によって製造された精製されたセルロースエステル樹脂であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the cellulose ester resin is a purified cellulose ester resin produced by the method for producing the specific cellulose ester resin.

 セルロースエステル樹脂は上記残留未反応モノマー、残留重合開始剤及び残留連鎖移動剤と反応して前記高分子量体を生成しているが、セルロースエステル樹脂のどの成分が該高分子量体に変性するかいまだ推測の域を出ない。しかしながら上記セルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法によって製造された精製されたセルロースエステル樹脂を用いることで、高分子量体の生成を低減することができ、同時にゲル状異物の発生を低減できることを見出した。 The cellulose ester resin reacts with the residual unreacted monomer, the residual polymerization initiator and the residual chain transfer agent to produce the high molecular weight product. Which component of the cellulose ester resin is denatured into the high molecular weight material still remains. Do not go out of speculation. However, it has been found that the use of a purified cellulose ester resin produced by the method for producing a cellulose ester resin can reduce the generation of high molecular weight bodies and, at the same time, reduce the occurrence of gelled foreign substances.

 また、前記セルロースエステル樹脂中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量が、各々1~150ppmの範囲内であると、よりゲル状異物の発生を低減する効果を高めることができ、好ましい。 In addition, it is preferable that the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester resin is in the range of 1 to 150 ppm, respectively, because the effect of reducing the occurrence of gelled foreign matters can be further enhanced.

 また、光学フィルムの厚さが、10~35μmの範囲内であることが、液晶ディスプレイを薄膜化する観点で好ましい。 Also, the thickness of the optical film is preferably in the range of 10 to 35 μm from the viewpoint of thinning the liquid crystal display.

 本発明の光学フィルムの製造方法によって製造された光学フィルムは、薄膜であり、面状に優れ、かつ耐熱性の高い光学フィルムであり、偏光板保護フィルム、液晶表示装置の他各種表示装置に好適である。 The optical film produced by the method for producing an optical film of the present invention is an optical film which is a thin film, excellent in surface shape and high in heat resistance, and suitable for various display devices other than a polarizing plate protective film and a liquid crystal display device. It is.

 以下、本発明とその構成要素、及び本発明を実施するための形態・態様について詳細な説明をする。なお、本願において、「~」は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用する。 Hereinafter, the present invention, its components, and modes and modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. In the present application, “˜” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.

 <面荒れ>
 本発明でいう面荒れとは、目視で確認ができる程度の大きさでフィルム表面に不規則な凹凸が生じる現象をいう。例えば、松の皮状又は乾燥したライスペーパー状のように光学フィルム表面が荒れている状態を指す。
<Roughness>
The surface roughness referred to in the present invention refers to a phenomenon in which irregular irregularities are generated on the film surface with a size that can be visually confirmed. For example, it refers to a state in which the surface of the optical film is rough like a pine skin or a dried rice paper.

 該面荒れという現象は、前記樹脂組成物を加熱溶融しているときに樹脂組成物中に意図しない高分子量体が生成し、該高分子量体は該樹脂組成物との相溶性が劣るために、製膜段階でウェブ表面に現れて表面状態を不規則な凹凸形状にするものと推定される。 The phenomenon of surface roughness is that an unintended high molecular weight product is generated in the resin composition when the resin composition is heated and melted, and the high molecular weight material is poor in compatibility with the resin composition. It is presumed that it appears on the surface of the web in the film forming stage and the surface state becomes irregular irregular shapes.

 <ゲル状異物>
 ゲル状異物は前記高分子量体とは異なり、顕微鏡等で確認される微小な異物である。その形状は様々であるが、例えば下記試験法によってゲルと特定されるものである。
<Gel foreign matter>
Unlike the high molecular weight body, the gel-like foreign material is a minute foreign material that can be confirmed with a microscope or the like. Although the shape is various, for example, it is specified as a gel by the following test method.

 アルミパンに、細かく粉砕した光学フィルムを10mg入れて、TG/DTA6200(エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー(株)製)を用いてNフロー下、260℃で60分間加熱した。光学フィルムが入った加熱後のアルミパンごと、10mlのメスフラスコに入れ、これをTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)で10mlとなるまでメスアップする。そして、23℃で24時間保存後に、アルミパン内の光学フィルムの溶解状態を、目視観察し溶け残り(ゲル)として観察されるものである。
 上記ゲル状異物が多数あると光散乱の原因となり、全光線透過率の低下や輝点欠陥等を招くため、特に本発明の光学フィルムを偏光板保護フィルムとして使用することを想定すると、ゲル状異物は可能な限り低減する必要がある。特に、本発明のような薄膜の光学フィルムの場合は、同じ大きさの異物でも光学特性への影響が大きいことからゲル状異物は従来よりも低減する必要がある。
10 mg of the finely pulverized optical film was put into an aluminum pan, and heated at 260 ° C. for 60 minutes under N 2 flow using TG / DTA6200 (manufactured by SII Nanotechnology). The heated aluminum pan containing the optical film is placed in a 10 ml volumetric flask, and this is made up to 10 ml with THF (tetrahydrofuran). Then, after storage at 23 ° C. for 24 hours, the dissolution state of the optical film in the aluminum pan is visually observed and observed as undissolved (gel).
If there are a large number of the above-mentioned gel-like foreign matters, it causes light scattering, resulting in a decrease in total light transmittance, a bright spot defect, etc., and especially assuming that the optical film of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate protective film, Foreign substances should be reduced as much as possible. In particular, in the case of a thin film optical film as in the present invention, even if the foreign matter has the same size, the influence on the optical characteristics is great, so that the gel-like foreign matter needs to be reduced more than before.

 ゲル状異物の光学フィルム中での個数は、例えば溶融流延製膜で得られた光学フィルムの巻きから1m分を切り出し、蛍光灯の光をフィルムに当て、表面の凹凸反射を目視で確認し、確認した部分を光学顕微鏡で内容を精査し、ゴミ等の外部異物との分離をして、長径(粒子投影像の端部と端部とを結ぶ最も長い直径の長さ)が100μm未満のものをゲル状異物の個数としてカウントする。 The number of gel-like foreign matters in the optical film is, for example, cut out 1 m 2 minutes from the winding of the optical film obtained by melt casting film formation, hitting the light of the fluorescent lamp to the film, and visually checking the uneven reflection of the surface Then, the content of the confirmed part is examined with an optical microscope, separated from external foreign substances such as dust, and the longest diameter (the longest diameter connecting the end portion of the particle projection image) is less than 100 μm. Are counted as the number of gel-like foreign matters.

 前記ゲル状異物は100個/m未満であることが好ましく、50個/m以下であることがより好ましく、10個/m以下であることが特に好ましい。 The gelled foreign matter is preferably less than 100 pieces / m 2 , more preferably 50 pieces / m 2 or less, and particularly preferably 10 pieces / m 2 or less.

 <高分子量体生成率Hの算出>
 ここで本発明の特徴である高分子量体生成率Hの算出について、図をもって説明する。
<Calculation of high molecular weight product formation rate H>
Here, calculation of the high molecular weight product formation rate H, which is a feature of the present invention, will be described with reference to the drawings.

 図1は、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物を用いて加熱前のGPC測定を行い、横軸は分子量、縦軸は検出感度値でプロットした波形であり、その面積を(b)とした。 FIG. 1 shows a GPC measurement before heating using a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin. The horizontal axis is the molecular weight and the vertical axis is a waveform plotted with the detection sensitivity value. b).

 図2はアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物を温度260℃で1時間加熱した前後のGPCの波形の変化の一例である。 FIG. 2 is an example of a change in the waveform of GPC before and after a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin was heated at a temperature of 260 ° C. for 1 hour.

 実線で示す加熱前のGPCの波形に対して、破線で示す加熱後のGPCの波形は、特に高分子量側にシフトしており高分子量体が生成していることが分かる。 It can be seen that the GPC waveform after heating shown by the broken line is shifted to the high molecular weight side with respect to the GPC waveform before heating shown by the solid line, and a high molecular weight body is generated.

 図3はアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を温度260℃で1時間加熱した後のGPCの検出感度値から、該樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの検出感度値を引いた検出感度値差を横軸分子量(Mw)に対してプロットしたものである。なお、本発明でいう検出感度値差の正の差分面積(a)は、該樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCのピークを示す分子量値より高分子量側にある面積である。 FIG. 3 shows the detection sensitivity obtained by subtracting the GPC detection sensitivity value before heating the resin composition from the GPC detection sensitivity value after heating the resin composition of acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin at 260 ° C. for 1 hour. The value difference is plotted against the horizontal axis molecular weight (Mw). In addition, the positive difference area (a) of the detection sensitivity value difference as used in the field of this invention is an area which exists in the high molecular weight side from the molecular weight value which shows the GPC peak before the heating of this resin composition.

 本発明に係る高分子体生成率Hは下記式で示すように、前記正の差分面積(a)を、前記加熱前のGPCの面積(b)で除した値である。 The polymer production rate H according to the present invention is a value obtained by dividing the positive difference area (a) by the area (b) of the GPC before heating, as shown by the following formula.

 式 H=(a/b)×100(%)
 前記加熱の操作は、具体的には試料であるアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物を、SII社製熱分析装置(EXSTAR6000 TG/DTA)を用いて、試料約5~10mgを用い窒素気流中において温度260℃に保ちながら1時間加熱する。
Formula H = (a / b) × 100 (%)
For the heating operation, specifically, a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin, which are samples, is applied to about 5 to 10 mg of a sample using a thermal analysis apparatus (EXSTAR6000 TG / DTA) manufactured by SII. Heat for 1 hour while maintaining the temperature at 260 ° C. in a nitrogen stream.

 また、上記加熱温度260℃、1時間という加熱条件は、前記樹脂組成物が溶融流延成膜時に製造装置から受ける温度、経過時間をシミュレートして設定したものである。 The heating condition of 260 ° C. for 1 hour is set by simulating the temperature and elapsed time that the resin composition receives from the production apparatus during the melt casting film formation.

 得られた加熱前後の試料を用いて分子量を下記GPCにて測定する。 The molecular weight is measured by the following GPC using the obtained sample before and after heating.

 GPCの測定条件は、以下のとおりである。
 溶媒:   メチレンクロライド
 カラム:  Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度: 0.1質量%
 検出器:  RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:  L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:   1.0ml/min
 校正曲線: 標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=2,800,000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
The measurement conditions for GPC are as follows.
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) Mw = 2,800,000-500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.

 GPCで測定した波形から、上記面積(b)及び正の差分面積(a)の面積を求めるには、面積解析ソフトを用いて計算することができる。例えば東ソー(株)製マルチステーションGPC-8020 modelIIを使用して該面積を求めることができる。 In order to obtain the area of the area (b) and the positive difference area (a) from the waveform measured by GPC, it can be calculated using area analysis software. For example, the area can be obtained using a multi-station GPC-8020 model II manufactured by Tosoh Corporation.

 したがって、高分子量体生成率Hが正の値をとるということは、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物が、溶融流延製膜時の加熱によって高分子量体を生成していることを意味しているが、多数の実験を重ねた結果、実技系においてこの値を0~10%の範囲内に押さえることができれば、従来よりも薄く製膜した光学フィルムの面状として面荒れがないことを確認し、上記の範囲を設定したものである。 Therefore, when the high molecular weight product formation rate H takes a positive value, the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is generating a high molecular weight product by heating during melt casting film formation. However, as a result of many experiments, if this value can be kept within the range of 0 to 10% in a practical system, the surface roughness of the optical film formed thinner than before is rough. The above range was set after confirming that there was no.

 本発明に係る高分子量生成率Hは、0~10%の範囲内であることが本発明の効果を得るのに必要であり、好ましく、0~6%の範囲内であることが、面荒れやゲル状異物の発生を顕著に抑制できる観点で好ましい。 The high molecular weight production rate H according to the present invention is required to obtain the effect of the present invention within the range of 0 to 10%, and preferably within the range of 0 to 6%. And the generation of gel-like foreign matters are preferred from the viewpoint of being able to significantly suppress the generation.

 <アクリル樹脂>
 本発明に係るアクリル樹脂は、芳香環を側鎖に有するアクリル樹脂、又はシクロヘキシル基を側鎖に有するアクリル樹脂であってもよく、該アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwは2.0×10~5.0×10の範囲内であることが好ましい。この範囲内であると、優れた耐熱性とセルロースエステル樹脂との相溶性に優れる。
<Acrylic resin>
The acrylic resin according to the present invention may be an acrylic resin having an aromatic ring in the side chain or an acrylic resin having a cyclohexyl group in the side chain, and the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is 2.0 × 10 4 to It is preferably within the range of 5.0 × 10 5 . Within this range, excellent heat resistance and compatibility with the cellulose ester resin are excellent.

 本発明に係るアクリル樹脂としては、分子内に芳香環とヒドロキシ基を有しないエチレン性不飽和モノマーXaと、分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーXbとXa、Xbを除く共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーとを共重合して得られた重合体X、又はスチレン若しくはその誘導体Yaと分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーYbとYa、Ybを除く共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーとを共重合して得られた重合体Yであることが好ましい。 The acrylic resin according to the present invention includes an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and a hydroxy group in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb and Xa having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydroxy group. , A polymer X obtained by copolymerization with a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer other than Xb, or styrene or its derivative Ya and an ethylenically unsaturated group having no hydroxy ring and having a hydroxy group. A polymer Y obtained by copolymerizing a saturated monomer Yb and a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer excluding Ya and Yb is preferable.

 [重合体X、重合体Y]
 前記重合体Xは、分子内に芳香環とヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有しないエチレン性不飽和モノマーXaと分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーXbとXa、Xbを除く共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーとを共重合して得られた重合体である。
[Polymer X, Polymer Y]
The polymer X includes an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa that does not have an aromatic ring and a hydroxy group or an amide group in the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb that does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and has a hydroxy group or an amide group. And a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer excluding Xa and Xb.

 好ましくは、Xaは分子内に芳香環とヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有しないアクリル又はメタクリルモノマー、Xbは分子内に芳香環を有せずヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有するアクリル又はメタクリルモノマーである。 Preferably, Xa is an acrylic or methacrylic monomer that does not have an aromatic ring and a hydroxy group or an amide group in the molecule, and Xb is an acrylic or methacrylic monomer that does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and has a hydroxy group or an amide group.

  本発明に用いられる重合体Xは、下記一般式(X)で表される。 The polymer X used in the present invention is represented by the following general formula (X).

 一般式(X)
 -[Xa]-[Xb]-[Xc]
 上記一般式(X)において、Xaは分子内に芳香環とヒドロキシ基又はアミド基とを有しないエチレン性不飽和モノマーを表し、Xbは分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーを表し、XcはXa、Xbを除く共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーを表す。m、n及びpは、各々モル組成比を表す。ただし、m≠0、m+n+p=100である。
Formula (X)
-[Xa] m- [Xb] n- [Xc] p-
In the general formula (X), Xa represents an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that does not have an aromatic ring and a hydroxy group or an amide group in the molecule, and Xb does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and has a hydroxy group or an amide group. Xc represents a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer excluding Xa and Xb. m, n, and p each represent a molar composition ratio. However, m ≠ 0 and m + n + p = 100.

 さらに、重合体Xとして好ましくは、下記一般式(X-1)で表される重合体である。 Furthermore, the polymer X is preferably a polymer represented by the following general formula (X-1).

 一般式(X-1)
-[CH-C(-R)(-CO)]-[CH-C(-R)(-CO-OH)-]-[Xc]
 上記一般式(X-1)において、R、Rは、それぞれ水素原子又はメチル基を表す。Rは炭素数1~12のアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは-CH-、-C-又はC-を表す。Xcは、[CH-C(-R)(-CO)]又は[CH-C(-R)(-CO-OH)-]に重合可能なモノマー単位を表す。m、n及びpは、モル組成比を表す。ただしm≠0、m+n+p=100である。
Formula (X-1)
— [CH 2 —C (—R 1 ) (— CO 2 R 2 )] m — [CH 2 —C (—R 3 ) (— CO 2 R 4 —OH) —] n — [Xc] p
In the general formula (X-1), R 1 and R 3 each represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group. R 4 represents —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, or C 3 H 6 —. Xc represents a monomer unit polymerizable to [CH 2 —C (—R 1 ) (— CO 2 R 2 )] or [CH 2 —C (—R 3 ) (— CO 2 R 4 —OH) —]. To express. m, n, and p represent a molar composition ratio. However, m ≠ 0 and m + n + p = 100.

 本発明に用いられる重合体Xを構成するモノマー単位としてのモノマーを下記に挙げるが、これに限定されない。 The monomers as monomer units constituting the polymer X used in the present invention are listed below, but are not limited thereto.

 Xにおいて、ヒドロキシ基とは、ヒドロキシ基のみならずエチレンオキシド連鎖を有する基をいう。分子内に芳香環とヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有しないエチレン性不飽和モノマーXaは、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、等、又は上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものを挙げることができる。中でも、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)であることが好ましい。 In X, the hydroxy group means not only a hydroxy group but also a group having an ethylene oxide chain. The ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and hydroxy group or amide group in the molecule is, for example, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate ( n-, i-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), etc. What changed the acid ester into the methacrylic acid ester can be mentioned. Of these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, and propyl methacrylate (i-, n-) are preferable.

 分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーXbは、ヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー単位として、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸エステルが好ましく、例えば、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、又はこれらアクリル酸をメタクリル酸に置き換えたものを挙げることができ、好ましくは、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)及びメタクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)である。 The ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydroxy group or an amide group is preferably acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester as a monomer unit having a hydroxy group, for example, acrylic acid (2-hydroxy Ethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), or these acrylic acids replaced with methacrylic acid Acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) and methacrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), and acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl) are preferable.

 Xbにおいてアミド基を有するモノマー単位としては、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-アクリロイルモルホリン、N-メタクリロイルモルホリン、N-ビニルピペリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド、N-イソプロピルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチルアクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミド、N-ビニルアセトアミド等が挙げられる。 Xcとしては、Xa、Xb以外のモノマーで、かつ共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーであれば、特に制限はないが、芳香環を有していないものが好ましい。 As monomer units having an amide group in Xb, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-acryloylmorpholine, N-methacryloylmorpholine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylcaprolactam, acrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, N , N-dimethylaminopropylacrylamide, N, N-diethylacrylamide, N-hydroxyethylacrylamide, N-vinylacetamide and the like. Xc is not particularly limited as long as it is a monomer other than Xa and Xb and is a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer, but preferably has no aromatic ring.

 Xa及びXbのモル組成比m:nは99:1~65:35の範囲内が好ましく、さらに好ましくは95:5~75:25の範囲内である。Xcのpは0~10である。Xcは複数のモノマー単位であってもよい。 The molar composition ratio m: n of Xa and Xb is preferably in the range of 99: 1 to 65:35, and more preferably in the range of 95: 5 to 75:25. P of Xc is 0-10. Xc may be a plurality of monomer units.

 また、Xbのモル組成比が上記範囲を超えると製膜時にヘイズが出る傾向があり、これらの最適化を図りXa、Xbのモル組成比を決めることが好ましい。 Further, if the molar composition ratio of Xb exceeds the above range, haze tends to occur during film formation, and it is preferable to optimize these and determine the molar composition ratio of Xa and Xb.

 本発明に用いられる重合体Yは、スチレン若しくはその誘導体Yaと分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーYbとYa、Ybを除く共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーとを共重合して得られた重合体Yが好ましい。 The polymer Y used in the present invention does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule with styrene or its derivative Ya, and has an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Yb having a hydroxy group and a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group excluding Ya and Yb. A polymer Y obtained by copolymerizing with a monomer is preferred.

 本発明に用いられる重合体Yは、下記一般式(Y)で表される。 The polymer Y used in the present invention is represented by the following general formula (Y).

 一般式(Y)
 -[Ya]-[Yb]-[Yc]
 上記一般式(Y)において、Yaはスチレン若しくはその誘導体を表し、Ybは分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマー、YcはYa、Ybを除く共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーを表す。m、n及びpは、各々モル組成比を表す。ただし、m≠0、m+n+p=100である。
General formula (Y)
-[Ya] m- [Yb] n- [Yc] p-
In the general formula (Y), Ya represents styrene or a derivative thereof, Yb has no aromatic ring in the molecule and has an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydroxy group, and Yc is copolymerizable except for Ya and Yb. Represents an ethylenically unsaturated monomer. m, n, and p each represent a molar composition ratio. However, m ≠ 0 and m + n + p = 100.

 本発明の重合体Yを構成するモノマー単位としてのモノマーを下記に挙げるが、これに限定されない。 Monomers as monomer units constituting the polymer Y of the present invention are listed below, but are not limited thereto.

 Yにおいて、ヒドロキシ基とは、ヒドロキシ基のみならずエチレンオキシド連鎖を有する基をいう。スチレン若しくはその誘導体Yaはスチレンや、スチレン誘導体としてはスチレンに他の基が結合した化合物であって、例えば、メチルスチレン、2,4-ジメチルスチレン、エチルスチレン、などのアルキルスチレンや、ヒドロキシスチレン、メトキシスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、ブトキシスチレン、エトキシエトキシスチレンなど、スチレンのベンゼン核にヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基などが導入された置換スチレンなどがある。 In Y, the hydroxy group means not only a hydroxy group but also a group having an ethylene oxide chain. Styrene or its derivative Ya is styrene or a compound in which other groups are bonded to styrene as a styrene derivative. For example, alkylstyrene such as methylstyrene, 2,4-dimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, Examples include methoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, butoxystyrene, ethoxyethoxystyrene, and substituted styrene in which a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, or the like is introduced into the benzene nucleus of styrene.

 分子内に芳香環を有せず、ヒドロキシ基又はアミド基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーYbは、ヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー単位として、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸エステルが好ましく、例えば、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、又はこれらアクリル酸をメタクリル酸に置き換えたものを挙げることができ、好ましくは、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)及びメタクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)である。 The ethylenically unsaturated monomer Yb having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydroxy group or an amide group is preferably acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester as a monomer unit having a hydroxy group, for example, acrylic acid (2-hydroxy Ethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), or these acrylic acids replaced with methacrylic acid Acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) and methacrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), and acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl) are preferable.

 Ybにおいてアミド基を有するモノマー単位としては、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-アクリロイルモルホリン、N-メタクリロイルモルホリン、N-ビニルピペリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド、N-イソプロピルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチルアクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミド、N-ビニルアセトアミド等が挙げられる。
 Ycとしては、Ya、Yb以外のモノマーで、かつ共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和モノマーであれば、特に制限はないが、芳香環を有していないものが好ましい。
As monomer units having an amide group in Yb, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-acryloylmorpholine, N-methacryloylmorpholine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylcaprolactam, acrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N-isopropylacrylamide, N , N-dimethylaminopropylacrylamide, N, N-diethylacrylamide, N-hydroxyethylacrylamide, N-vinylacetamide and the like.
Yc is not particularly limited as long as it is a monomer other than Ya and Yb and is a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer, but preferably has no aromatic ring.

 Ya及びYbのモル組成比m:nは5:95~60:40の範囲内が好ましく、さらに好ましくは10:90~40:60の範囲内である。Ycのpは0~10である。Ycは複数のモノマー単位であってもよい。 The molar composition ratio m: n of Ya and Yb is preferably in the range of 5:95 to 60:40, more preferably in the range of 10:90 to 40:60. P of Yc is 0-10. Yc may be a plurality of monomer units.

 また、Ybのモル組成比が上記範囲内を超えると製膜時にヘイズが出る傾向があり、これらの最適化を図りYa、Ybのモル組成比を決めることが好ましい。 Further, if the molar composition ratio of Yb exceeds the above range, haze tends to occur during film formation, and it is preferable to optimize these and determine the molar composition ratio of Ya and Yb.

 重合体X及びYのヒドロキシ基価は、30~150[mgKOH/g]であることが好ましい。 The hydroxy group value of the polymers X and Y is preferably 30 to 150 [mgKOH / g].

 (ヒドロキシ基価の測定方法)
 ヒドロキシ基価の測定は、JIS K 0070(1992)に準ずる。このヒドロキシ基価は、試料1gをアセチル化させたとき、ヒドロキシ基と結合した酢酸を中和するのに必要とする水酸化カリウムのmg数と定義される。
(Method for measuring hydroxy group value)
The hydroxy group value is measured according to JIS K 0070 (1992). This hydroxy group value is defined as the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize acetic acid bound to a hydroxy group when 1 g of a sample is acetylated.

 具体的には試料Xg(約1g)をフラスコに精秤し、これにアセチル化試薬(無水酢酸20mlにピリジンを加えて400mlにしたもの)20mlを正確に加える。フラスコの口に空気冷却管を装着し、95~100℃のグリセリン浴にて加熱する。1時間30分後、冷却し、空気冷却管から精製水1mlを加え、無水酢酸を酢酸に分解する。 Specifically, sample Xg (about 1 g) is precisely weighed in a flask, and 20 ml of an acetylating reagent (a solution obtained by adding pyridine to 20 ml of acetic anhydride to 400 ml) is accurately added thereto. Attach an air cooling tube to the mouth of the flask and heat in a glycerin bath at 95-100 ° C. After 1 hour and 30 minutes, the mixture is cooled, 1 ml of purified water is added from an air condenser, and acetic anhydride is decomposed into acetic acid.

 次に電位差滴定装置を用いて0.5mol/L水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液で滴定を行い、得られた滴定曲線の変曲点を終点とする。 Next, titration is performed with a 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution using a potentiometric titrator, and the inflection point of the obtained titration curve is set as the end point.

 さらに空試験として、試料を入れないで滴定し、滴定曲線の変曲点を求める。ヒドロキシ基価は、次の式によって算出する。 Further, as a blank test, titrate without putting a sample, and obtain the inflection point of the titration curve. The hydroxy group value is calculated by the following formula.

 ヒドロキシ基価={(B-C)×f×28.05/X}+D
 式中、Bは空試験に用いた0.5mol/Lの水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液の量(ml)、Cは滴定に用いた0.5mol/Lの水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液の量(ml)、fは0.5mol/L水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液のファクター、Dは酸価、また、28.05は水酸化カリウムの1mol量56.11の1/2を表す。
Hydroxy group value = {(BC) × f × 28.05 / X} + D
In the formula, B is the amount (ml) of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used for the blank test, C is the amount (ml) of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used for titration, f is a factor of a 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution, D is an acid value, and 28.05 is 1/2 of 1 mol amount 56.11 of potassium hydroxide.

 上述の重合体X、重合体Yはいずれもセルロースエステル樹脂との相溶性に優れ、蒸発や揮発もなく生産性に優れ、偏光板用保護フィルムとしての保留性がよく、透湿度が小さく、寸法安定性に優れている。 The above-mentioned polymer X and polymer Y are both excellent in compatibility with the cellulose ester resin, excellent in productivity without evaporation and volatilization, good retention as a protective film for polarizing plates, low moisture permeability, dimensions Excellent stability.

 本発明に係るアクリル樹脂は、前記モノマー、重合開始剤、及び連鎖移動剤を含む組成物を反応槽に導入し重合反応することが好ましい。 The acrylic resin according to the present invention is preferably subjected to a polymerization reaction by introducing a composition containing the monomer, a polymerization initiator, and a chain transfer agent into a reaction vessel.

 ラジカル重合開始剤の例には、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド、キュメンハイドロパーオキサイド、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエートなどの有機過酸化物;過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸アンモニウムなどの過硫酸塩;2,2′-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオニトリル)(AIBN)、アゾビス-2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリルなどのアゾ化合物;有機過酸化物と還元剤とを組み合わせたレドックス系開始剤;過硫酸塩と還元剤とを組み合わせたレドックス系開始剤などが含まれる。ラジカル重合開始剤は、一種類だけでもよいし、二種類以上の混合物であってもよい。
 ラジカル重合開始剤の仕込み量は、モノマー成分の合計量に対して0.01~1質量%程度としうる。
Examples of radical polymerization initiators include organic peroxides such as t-butyl hydroperoxide, cumene hydroperoxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate; potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate Persulfates such as: 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionitrile) (AIBN), azo compounds such as azobis-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile; redox in which organic peroxide and reducing agent are combined System initiators; redox initiators in which a persulfate and a reducing agent are combined are included. Only one type of radical polymerization initiator may be used, or a mixture of two or more types may be used.
The amount of radical polymerization initiator charged can be about 0.01 to 1% by mass relative to the total amount of monomer components.

 連鎖移動剤の例には、炭素数3~18のアルキルメルカプタンが含まれる。アルキルメルカプタンの例には、n-オクチルメルカプタン、ドデシルメルカプタンなどが含まれる。 Examples of chain transfer agents include alkyl mercaptans having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl mercaptans include n-octyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan and the like.

 連鎖移動剤の仕込み量は、モノマー成分の合計量に対して0.05~1質量%程度としうる。 The charge amount of the chain transfer agent can be about 0.05 to 1% by mass with respect to the total amount of the monomer components.

 例えば、共重合は、懸濁重合、乳化重合、溶液重合又は塊状重合のいずれであってもよい。中でも、重合時に溶媒を用いないことから、得られる重合物と溶媒との分離が不要であり、得られる重合物への乳化剤や分散剤などの混入も少ないことから、塊状重合が好ましい。 For example, the copolymerization may be suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, solution polymerization or bulk polymerization. In particular, since no solvent is used during polymerization, separation of the resulting polymer and solvent is unnecessary, and bulk polymerization is preferred because there is little mixing of an emulsifier, a dispersant, and the like into the polymer.

 懸濁重合や乳化重合における重合温度は、30~100℃の範囲とすることができ;塊状重合における重合温度は、好ましくは80~300℃の範囲とすることができる。塊状重合における重合反応は、後述するように、重合反応器、加熱器及び脱揮押出機において行われうる。重合時間は、例えば1~10時間の範囲とすることができる。 The polymerization temperature in suspension polymerization or emulsion polymerization can be in the range of 30 to 100 ° C .; the polymerization temperature in bulk polymerization is preferably in the range of 80 to 300 ° C. The polymerization reaction in bulk polymerization can be performed in a polymerization reactor, a heater, and a devolatilizing extruder as described later. The polymerization time can be in the range of 1 to 10 hours, for example.

 図4は、アクリル樹脂の合成方法の一例を示す図である。同図は、メチルメタクリレート(MMA)とアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)とを塊状重合させる例である。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of an acrylic resin synthesis method. The figure shows an example of bulk polymerization of methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO).

 図4に示されるように、原料モノマーであるメチルメタクリレート(MMA)及びアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)と、重合開始剤(触媒)とを、触媒調合槽において混合し、触媒液を得る。 As shown in FIG. 4, methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO), which are raw material monomers, and a polymerization initiator (catalyst) are mixed in a catalyst preparation tank to obtain a catalyst solution.

 一方、原料モノマーであるメチルメタクリレート(MMA)及びアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)と連鎖移動剤とを、単量体調合槽において混合し、単量体混合液を得る。 On the other hand, methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO), which are raw material monomers, and a chain transfer agent are mixed in a monomer preparation tank to obtain a monomer mixture.

 得られた触媒液と単量体混合液とを、重合反応器において混合し、メチルメタクリレート(MMA)とアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)とを重合させる。それにより、液状の重合体組成物を得る。重合反応器における重合温度は、80~200℃の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは80~180℃の範囲としうる。重合反応器におけるメチルメタクリレート(MMA)とアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)との重合反応は、流動性を有する重合体組成物(液状の重合組成物)を得るために、得られる重合組成物の平均重合率が80質量%以下となるように行うことが好ましく;反応効率を高めるためには、得られる重合組成物の平均重合率が10質量%以上となるように行うことが好ましい。平均重合率とは、液状の重合体組成物に含まれる、重合体の割合(質量割合)を示す。 The obtained catalyst solution and monomer mixture are mixed in a polymerization reactor to polymerize methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO). Thereby, a liquid polymer composition is obtained. The polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor is preferably in the range of 80 to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 80 to 180 ° C. The polymerization reaction of methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO) in the polymerization reactor is carried out in order to obtain a fluid polymer composition (liquid polymerization composition). Is preferably 80% by mass or less; in order to increase the reaction efficiency, it is preferable that the average polymerization rate of the resulting polymerization composition is 10% by mass or more. An average polymerization rate shows the ratio (mass ratio) of the polymer contained in a liquid polymer composition.

 得られた液状の重合体組成物を、加熱器にて加熱しながら脱揮押出機に供給する。加熱器は、液状の重合体組成物を、その温度を低下させることなく、脱揮押出機に送液するための保温手段である。加熱器における加熱温度は、好ましくは150~250℃の範囲としうる。次いで、得られた重合体組成物を、脱揮押出機にて溶融混練しながら、揮発成分(未反応モノマーなどを含む)をベントから揮発させて除去する。溶融温度は、好ましくは200~300℃の範囲としうる。溶融混練された溶融物を押し出した後、水冷してカッティングし、アクリル樹脂のペレットを得る。 The obtained liquid polymer composition is supplied to a devolatilizing extruder while being heated by a heater. The heater is a heat retaining means for feeding the liquid polymer composition to the devolatilizing extruder without lowering its temperature. The heating temperature in the heater can be preferably in the range of 150 to 250 ° C. Next, while melting and kneading the obtained polymer composition with a devolatilizing extruder, volatile components (including unreacted monomers and the like) are volatilized and removed from the vent. The melting temperature can preferably be in the range of 200-300 ° C. After the melt-kneaded melt is extruded, it is cooled with water and cut to obtain acrylic resin pellets.

 アクリル樹脂;特に塊状重合で得られるアクリル樹脂は、未反応のモノマー(メチルメタアクリレートや共重合モノマー)、未反応のラジカル重合開始剤及び未反応の連鎖移動剤などの残留成分を含みやすい。これらの残留成分を含むアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを高温で溶融混練すると、前記高分子量体生成率Hが増加し高分子量体を生成しやすい。 Acrylic resin; In particular, an acrylic resin obtained by bulk polymerization tends to contain residual components such as unreacted monomers (methyl methacrylate and copolymerization monomers), unreacted radical polymerization initiators, and unreacted chain transfer agents. When an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin containing these residual components are melt-kneaded at a high temperature, the high molecular weight product formation rate H increases and a high molecular weight product is easily generated.

 溶融混練時に高分子量体が生成する原因は必ずしも明らかではないが、以下のように推測される。即ち、高分子量体は、未反応モノマーが重合反応して得られる重合物と、セルロースエステル樹脂とが化学的又は物理的に作用して生成していると考えられる。また、溶融樹脂中の異物を除去するためのろ過フィルターでは、加熱された溶融樹脂の滞留時間が長くなりやすいため、高分子量体が生成しやすい。これらの結果、得られるフィルムは、高分子量体が生成しやすく、高分子量体は相溶性が劣るために面荒れとなりやすいと考えられる。特に、残留成分のうち未反応のモノマー、ラジカル重合開始剤及び連鎖移動剤は、溶融混練時に高分子量体を生成しやすい。 The cause of the formation of high molecular weight during melt kneading is not necessarily clear, but is presumed as follows. That is, it is considered that the high molecular weight product is produced by a chemical or physical action of a polymer obtained by polymerizing an unreacted monomer and a cellulose ester resin. Moreover, in the filtration filter for removing the foreign material in molten resin, since the residence time of the heated molten resin tends to become long, a high molecular weight body is easy to produce | generate. As a result of these, it is considered that the obtained film is likely to generate a high molecular weight body, and the high molecular weight body is inferior in compatibility, and thus is likely to be rough. In particular, unreacted monomers, radical polymerization initiators, and chain transfer agents among the remaining components are likely to form a high molecular weight body during melt kneading.

 そこで、アクリル樹脂に含まれる残留成分を一定以下に減らすことが有効と考えたことは前記のとおりである。しかしながら、これらの残留成分の含有量を単純に減らすと、得られるアクリル樹脂の分子量が大きくなりやすい。分子量が大きいアクリル樹脂は、溶融物の粘度が高いことから、溶融押し出ししにくいだけでなく、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を溶融混練して得られるフィルムは、高分子量体を生成しやすい。 Therefore, as described above, it was considered effective to reduce the residual components contained in the acrylic resin below a certain level. However, simply reducing the content of these residual components tends to increase the molecular weight of the resulting acrylic resin. Acrylic resin with a large molecular weight is not only difficult to melt and extrude because of the high viscosity of the melt, but the film obtained by melt-kneading the resin composition of acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin produces a high molecular weight body. It's easy to do.

 つまり、得られる光学フィルムにおいて高分子量体の生成を低減するためには、アクリル樹脂に含まれる残留成分の含有量と分子量とをバランスさせることが重要である。即ち、得られるアクリル樹脂が、以下のa)、b)の要件を同時に満たすことが好ましく、さらにc)、d)の要件を満たすことがより好ましい。 That is, in order to reduce the production of high molecular weight in the obtained optical film, it is important to balance the content of residual components contained in the acrylic resin and the molecular weight. That is, the obtained acrylic resin preferably satisfies the following requirements a) and b), and more preferably satisfies the requirements c) and d).

 (a)重量平均分子量Mwが2.0×10~5.0×10の範囲であることが好ましい。 (A) The weight average molecular weight Mw is preferably in the range of 2.0 × 10 4 to 5.0 × 10 5 .

 (b)残留する未反応モノマーの合計含有量が100~1000ppmの範囲であることが好ましい。 (B) The total content of residual unreacted monomers is preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm.

 (c)残留する重合開始剤の含有量が10~500ppmの範囲であることが好ましい。 (C) The content of the remaining polymerization initiator is preferably in the range of 10 to 500 ppm.

 (d)残留する連鎖移動剤の含有量が10~500ppmの範囲であることが好ましい。 (D) The content of the residual chain transfer agent is preferably in the range of 10 to 500 ppm.

 (a)の要件について
 アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwが5.0×10超であると、溶融押し出ししにくいだけでなく、溶融混練時に高分子量体が生成しやすい。
Regarding the requirement (a) When the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is more than 5.0 × 10 6 , not only is it difficult to melt and extrude, but a high molecular weight body is likely to be produced during melt kneading.

 アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwは、ラジカル重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤の仕込み量、重合反応器での重合温度や重合時間、加熱器での加熱温度、脱揮押出機での溶融温度などによって調整できる。例えば、アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwを小さくするには、重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤などの仕込み量を多くしたり、重合反応器での重合温度や加熱器での加熱温度を高くしたり、重合反応器での重合時間を短くしたりすればよい。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is adjusted by the amount of radical polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent charged, the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, the melting temperature in the devolatilizing extruder, etc. it can. For example, in order to reduce the weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin, the charging amount of a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent is increased, the polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor or the heating temperature in the heater is increased, The polymerization time in the polymerization reactor may be shortened.

 アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwは、前記GPCにより測定することができる。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin can be measured by the GPC.

 アクリル樹脂に残留する未反応モノマーの含有量は1000ppm以下であることが好ましく、500ppm以下であることがより好ましい。残留する未反応モノマーの含有量が1000ppm超であると、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を溶融混練して得られるフィルムに、高分子量体が生成しやすい。一方、残留する未反応モノマーの含有量は100ppm以上であることが好ましい。残留する未反応モノマーの含有量が100ppm未満であると、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を溶融混練して得られるフィルムの可とう性を低下(脆く)させやすい。 The content of unreacted monomer remaining in the acrylic resin is preferably 1000 ppm or less, and more preferably 500 ppm or less. When the content of the remaining unreacted monomer is more than 1000 ppm, a high molecular weight product is easily generated in a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin. On the other hand, the content of the remaining unreacted monomer is preferably 100 ppm or more. If the content of the remaining unreacted monomer is less than 100 ppm, the flexibility of a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin is likely to be lowered (brittle).

 残留する未反応モノマーの含有量は、重合反応器での重合温度や重合時間、加熱器での加熱温度、脱揮押出機での溶融温度、脱揮押出機のベントからの(未反応モノマーを含む)揮発成分の排気量などによって調整できる。残留する未反応モノマーの含有量を少なくするには、例えば重合反応器での重合時間を長くしたり、脱揮押出機のベントからの揮発成分の排気量を多くしたりすればよい。 The content of the remaining unreacted monomer is determined by the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, the melting temperature in the devolatilizing extruder, the unreacted monomer from the vent of the devolatilizing extruder. It can be adjusted by the displacement of volatile components. In order to reduce the content of the remaining unreacted monomer, for example, the polymerization time in the polymerization reactor may be increased, or the exhaust amount of volatile components from the vent of the devolatilizing extruder may be increased.

 アクリル樹脂に残留する未反応のラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は500ppm以下であることが好ましく、100ppm以下であることがより好ましい。残留するラジカル重合開始剤の含有量が500ppm超であると、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を溶融混練して得られるフィルムに、高分子量体が生成しやすい。一方、残留するラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は10ppm以上であることが好ましい。残留するラジカル重合開始剤の含有量が10ppm未満であると、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を溶融混練して得られるフィルムの可とう性を低下させやすい。 The content of the unreacted radical polymerization initiator remaining in the acrylic resin is preferably 500 ppm or less, and more preferably 100 ppm or less. When the content of the residual radical polymerization initiator is more than 500 ppm, a high molecular weight product is easily generated in a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin. On the other hand, the content of the remaining radical polymerization initiator is preferably 10 ppm or more. When the content of the residual radical polymerization initiator is less than 10 ppm, the flexibility of a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin is likely to be lowered.

 アクリル樹脂に残留する未反応の連鎖移動剤の含有量は500ppm以下であることが好ましく、100ppm以下であることがより好ましい。残留する連鎖移動剤の含有量が500ppm超であると、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を溶融混練して得られるフィルムに、着色が生じやすい。一方、残留する連鎖移動剤の含有量は10ppm以上であることが好ましい。未反応の連鎖移動剤の含有量が10ppm未満であると、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物を溶融混練して得られるフィルムの可とう性を低下させやすい。 The content of the unreacted chain transfer agent remaining in the acrylic resin is preferably 500 ppm or less, and more preferably 100 ppm or less. When the content of the remaining chain transfer agent is more than 500 ppm, the film obtained by melt-kneading the resin composition of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is likely to be colored. On the other hand, the content of the remaining chain transfer agent is preferably 10 ppm or more. If the content of the unreacted chain transfer agent is less than 10 ppm, the flexibility of a film obtained by melt-kneading a resin composition of an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin is likely to be lowered.

 アクリル樹脂に残留するラジカル重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤の含有量は、ラジカル重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤の仕込み量、重合反応器での重合温度や重合時間、加熱器での加熱温度、脱揮押出機での溶融温度などによって調整できる。例えば、残留するラジカル重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤の含有量を少なくするには、これらの仕込み量を少なくしたり、重合反応器での重合温度や加熱器での加熱温度を高くしたり、重合反応器での重合時間を長くしたりすればよい。 The content of the radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent remaining in the acrylic resin is the amount of the radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent charged, the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, and devolatilization. It can be adjusted by the melting temperature in the extruder. For example, in order to reduce the content of the residual radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent, it is possible to reduce the amount charged, increase the polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor or the heating temperature in the heater, The polymerization time in the reactor may be lengthened.

 アクリル樹脂に含まれる前記残留成分の含有量は、以下の方法で測定できる。 The content of the residual component contained in the acrylic resin can be measured by the following method.

 (1)アクリル樹脂0.1gを、2mlのアセトンに溶解させて超音波処理を30分間行う。この溶液に、内部標準成分としてエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを50ppm添加した後、ヘキサンで10mlとなるまでメスアップして、サンプル溶液とする。 (1) 0.1 g of acrylic resin is dissolved in 2 ml of acetone and sonicated for 30 minutes. After adding 50 ppm of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether as an internal standard component to this solution, the volume is made up to 10 ml with hexane to obtain a sample solution.

 (2)サンプル溶液に含まれる、モノマー、重合開始剤、及び連鎖移動剤の含有量(質量%)を、GC/MSにより測定する。GC/MSの測定装置と測定条件は、以下のとおりとしうる。 (2) The contents (mass%) of the monomer, the polymerization initiator, and the chain transfer agent contained in the sample solution are measured by GC / MS. The GC / MS measurement apparatus and measurement conditions can be as follows.

 機器:HP 6890GC/HP5973MSD(Hewlett-Packard社製)
 カラム:J&W社製 DB-624(30m×0.25mmi.d.0.25μm)
 オーブンプログラム:40℃(3min)-20℃/min-230℃(8min)
 Inj:160℃
 AUX:250℃
 前記(a)~(d)の要件を同時に満たすための好ましい手順は、(i)狙うべきアクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwを設定するステップ;(ii)それに合わせてラジカル重合開始剤の量を設定するステップ;(iii)未反応のモノマー、重合開始剤、又は連鎖移動剤などの残留含有量が所定の範囲内となるように(前記(b)~(d)の要件を満たすように)、重合温度や重合時間などを調整するステップ、を含む。
Device: HP 6890GC / HP5973MSD (manufactured by Hewlett-Packard)
Column: DB-624 (30 m × 0.25 mm.d. 0.25 μm) manufactured by J & W
Oven program: 40 ° C (3min) -20 ° C / min-230 ° C (8min)
Inj: 160 ° C
AUX: 250 ° C
A preferable procedure for simultaneously satisfying the requirements (a) to (d) is: (i) a step of setting a weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin to be aimed; (ii) setting an amount of the radical polymerization initiator accordingly. (Iii) so that the residual content of unreacted monomer, polymerization initiator, chain transfer agent or the like is within a predetermined range (so as to satisfy the requirements of (b) to (d) above), Adjusting the polymerization temperature and polymerization time.

 (a)~(d)の要件を満たすためには、ラジカル重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤の仕込み量、重合反応器での重合温度や重合時間、加熱器での加熱温度、脱揮押出機における溶融温度や揮発分の排出量などのうち二つ以上の条件を同時に調整してもよい。例えば、残留する未反応モノマーの含有量のみを少なくする場合、脱揮押出機における揮発分の排気量を多くすればよい。しかしながら、脱揮押出機における揮発分の排気量を多くすると、アクリル樹脂の分子量も小さくなる。そのため、さらに重合温度を低くしたり、重合時間を長くしたりして、アクリル樹脂の分子量が小さくならないようにすればよい。 In order to satisfy the requirements (a) to (d), the amount of radical polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent charged, the polymerization temperature and polymerization time in the polymerization reactor, the heating temperature in the heater, Two or more conditions such as melting temperature and volatile matter discharge amount may be adjusted simultaneously. For example, when only reducing the content of the remaining unreacted monomer, the exhaust amount of volatile matter in the devolatilizing extruder may be increased. However, when the exhaust amount of volatile components in the devolatilizing extruder is increased, the molecular weight of the acrylic resin is also reduced. Therefore, it is only necessary to lower the polymerization temperature or lengthen the polymerization time so that the molecular weight of the acrylic resin does not decrease.

 (a)~(d)の要件を満たすためには、重合反応過程におけるラジカル発生量が多くなる条件にすることも有効である。重合反応過程におけるラジカル発生量が多いと、分子量が大きくなりすぎることなく、ラジカル重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を消費させる(残留するラジカル重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を少なくする)ことができるからである。つまり、重合反応器での重合温度や加熱器での加熱温度を高くすることで、(a)のアクリル樹脂の分子量を一定以下とし、かつ(b)~(d)のアクリル樹脂の残留成分の含有量も一定以下とすることができる。 In order to satisfy the requirements (a) to (d), it is also effective to use conditions that increase the amount of radicals generated in the polymerization reaction process. If the amount of radicals generated in the polymerization reaction process is large, the radical polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent can be consumed (remaining radical polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent are reduced) without excessively increasing the molecular weight. is there. That is, by increasing the polymerization temperature in the polymerization reactor and the heating temperature in the heater, the molecular weight of the acrylic resin (a) is kept below a certain level, and the residual components of the acrylic resins (b) to (d) The content can also be kept below a certain level.

 アクリル樹脂は、一種類であっても、二種類以上の混合物であってもよい。 The acrylic resin may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.

 <セルロースエステル樹脂>
 本発明の光学フィルムに用いられるセルロースエステル樹脂(以降、簡単にセルロースエステルともいう。)は、好ましくは、セルロースエステルのアシル基総置換度が2.0~2.95の範囲内であり、かつアシル基総炭素数が4.0~10の範囲内であるセルロースエステルである。ただし、アシル基総炭素数は、セルロースエステルのグルコース単位に置換されている各アシル基の置換度と炭素数の積の総和である。またアシル基の炭素数とはカルボニル基を含めた炭素数をいい、アセチル基では2、プロピオニル基では3、ブチリル基では4である。すなわち本発明におけるアシル基総炭素数は、仮にアセチル基置換度:1、プロピオニル基置換度:0.5、ブチリル基置換度:0.5のセルロースエステルについて計算した場合には、「アセチル基置換度×アセチル基炭素数+プロピオニル基置換度×プロピオニル基炭素数+ブチリル基置換度×ブチリル基炭素数」の式によって求められ、5.5となる。
<Cellulose ester resin>
The cellulose ester resin used for the optical film of the present invention (hereinafter also simply referred to as cellulose ester) preferably has a total acyl group substitution degree of the cellulose ester in the range of 2.0 to 2.95, and The cellulose ester has a total carbon number of acyl group in the range of 4.0 to 10. However, the acyl group total carbon number is the sum of the products of the substitution degree and the carbon number of each acyl group substituted in the glucose unit of the cellulose ester. The carbon number of the acyl group means the carbon number including the carbonyl group, 2 for the acetyl group, 3 for the propionyl group, and 4 for the butyryl group. In other words, the total number of acyl groups in the present invention is calculated based on the cellulose ester having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1, propionyl group substitution degree of 0.5, and a butyryl group substitution degree of 0.5. It is determined by the formula “degree × acetyl group carbon number + propionyl group substitution degree × propionyl group carbon number + butyryl group substitution degree × butyryl group carbon number”.

 またセルロースエステルに置換される脂肪族アシル基の炭素数は、セルロース合成の生産性、コストの観点から、2以上6以下が好ましく、2以上4以下がさらに好ましい。なお、アシル基で置換されていない部分は通常ヒドロキシ基として存在している。 Further, the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic acyl group substituted with the cellulose ester is preferably 2 or more and 6 or less, and more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, from the viewpoint of productivity and cost of cellulose synthesis. The portion not substituted with an acyl group usually exists as a hydroxy group.

 β-1,4-グリコシド結合でセルロースを構成しているグルコース単位は、2位、3位及び6位に遊離のヒドロキシ基を有している。本発明に係るセルロースエステルは、これらのヒドロキシ基の一部又は全部をアシル基によりエステル化した重合体(ポリマー)である。アシル基置換度とは、繰り返し単位の2位、3位及び6位について、セルロースがエステル化している割合の合計を表す。具体的には、セルロースの2位、3位及び6位のそれぞれのヒドロキシ基が100%エステル化した場合をそれぞれ置換度1とする。したがって、セルロースの2位、3位及び6位の全てが100%エステル化した場合、置換度は最大の3となる。 The glucose unit constituting cellulose with β-1,4-glycosidic bonds has free hydroxy groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions. The cellulose ester according to the present invention is a polymer obtained by esterifying some or all of these hydroxy groups with an acyl group. The acyl group substitution degree represents the total of the proportions of cellulose esterified at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of the repeating unit. Specifically, the substitution degree is 1 when the hydroxy groups at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position of cellulose are each 100% esterified. Therefore, when all of the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of the cellulose are 100% esterified, the degree of substitution is 3 at the maximum.

 アシル基としては、例えば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブチリル基、ペンタネート基、ヘキサネート基等が挙げられ、セルロースエステルとしては、セルロースアセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースペンタネート等が挙げられる。また、上述の側鎖炭素数を満たせば、セルロースアセテート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートペンタネート等のように混合脂肪酸エステルでもよい。この中でも、特にセルロースアセテート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、及びセルロースプロピオネートが光学フィルム用途として好ましいセルロースエステルである。 Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, a pentanate group, and a hexanate group. Examples of the cellulose ester include cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose pentanate. . Further, mixed fatty acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate pentanate may be used as long as the above-mentioned side chain carbon number is satisfied. Among these, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose propionate are particularly preferable cellulose esters for optical film applications.

 セルローストリアセテート以外で好ましいセルロースエステルは、炭素原子数2~4のアシル基を置換基として有し、アセチル基の置換度をXとし、プロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度をYとした時、下記式(i)及び(ii)を同時に満たすセルロースエステルである。 A preferred cellulose ester other than cellulose triacetate has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, the substitution degree of acetyl group is X, and the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, It is a cellulose ester which satisfies (i) and (ii) simultaneously.

 式(i) 2.0≦X+Y≦2.9
 式(ii) 0.5≦Y≦2.7
 この内、特にセルロースアセテートプロピオネートが好ましく用いられる。アシル基で置換されていない部分は通常ヒドロキシ基として存在しているものである。アシル基置換度の測定方法はASTM-D817-96に準じて測定することができる。
Formula (i) 2.0 ≦ X + Y ≦ 2.9
Formula (ii) 0.5 ≦ Y ≦ 2.7
Of these, cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferably used. The portion not substituted with an acyl group is usually present as a hydroxy group. The method for measuring the degree of acyl group substitution can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96.

 本発明に係るセルロースエステルは、重量平均分子量Mwが50000~500000の範囲内のものが好ましく、より好ましくは100000~300000の範囲内であり、更に好ましくは150000~250000の範囲内である。 The cellulose ester according to the present invention preferably has a weight average molecular weight Mw in the range of 50,000 to 500,000, more preferably in the range of 100,000 to 300,000, and still more preferably in the range of 150,000 to 250,000.

 セルロースエステルの平均分子量及び分子量分布は、高速液体クロマトグラフィーを用い測定できるので、これを用いて重量平均分子量(Mw)、分子量分布を算出する。 Since the average molecular weight and molecular weight distribution of cellulose ester can be measured using high performance liquid chromatography, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and molecular weight distribution are calculated using this.

 測定条件は以下のとおりである。 The measurement conditions are as follows.

 溶媒:メチレンクロライド
 カラム:Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度:0.1質量%
 検出器:RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:1.0ml/min
 校正曲線:標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)
 Mw=1000000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (GL Science Co., Ltd.)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
A calibration curve with 13 samples from Mw = 1000000 to 500 was used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.

 本発明で用いられるセルロースエステルの原料セルロースは、木材パルプでも綿花リンターでもよく、木材パルプは針葉樹でも広葉樹でもよい。これらから作られたセルロースエステルは適宜混合して、あるいは単独で使用することができる。 The raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton linter, and the wood pulp may be softwood or hardwood. The cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.

 例えば、綿花リンター由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(針葉樹)由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(広葉樹)由来セルロースエステルの比率が100:0:0、90:10:0、85:15:0、50:50:0、20:80:0、10:90:0、0:100:0、0:0:100、80:10:10、85:0:15、40:30:30で用いることができる。 For example, the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30.

 本発明では重合度の高いセルロースが好ましく、例えば、リンターパルプが好ましく、セルロースは、少なくともリンターパルプで構成されたセルロースを使用することが好ましい。セルロースの結晶化度の指標となるα-セルロース含有量は、90%以上(例えば、92~100%、好ましくは95~100%、さらに好ましくは99.5~100%程度)の範囲内である。 In the present invention, cellulose having a high degree of polymerization is preferable. For example, linter pulp is preferable, and it is preferable to use cellulose composed of at least linter pulp. The α-cellulose content, which is an index of the crystallinity of cellulose, is in the range of 90% or more (eg, about 92 to 100%, preferably 95 to 100%, more preferably about 99.5 to 100%). .

 本発明に係るセルロースエステル樹脂は、以下のセルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法によって製造された精製されたセルロースエステル樹脂であることが、高分子量体の生成を抑制し、同時にゲル状異物の低減を行う観点から好ましい。下記製造方法、特に式(1)及び式(2)を満たすようにセルロースエステルの種類と溶媒の種類を調整することで、セルロースエステルの置換基や置換度の違いによって得られる晶析物が粗大な晶析物に成長することを抑制し、精製された均一なセルロースエステル樹脂を得る上で好ましい方法となる。 The viewpoint that the cellulose ester resin which concerns on this invention is the refined cellulose ester resin manufactured by the manufacturing method of the following cellulose ester resins, suppresses the production | generation of a high molecular weight body, and reduces the gelatinous foreign material simultaneously. To preferred. By adjusting the type of cellulose ester and the type of solvent so as to satisfy the following production methods, in particular, the formula (1) and the formula (2), the crystallized product obtained by the difference in the substituent and degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is coarse. It is a preferable method for obtaining a purified uniform cellulose ester resin by suppressing the growth to a crystallized product.

 (セルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法)
 本発明に係るセルロースエステル樹脂は、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合し、セルロースエステルを沈殿させる工程を有するセルロースエステルの製造方法であって、前記セルロースエステル溶液に含まれる溶媒に対する水の含有率が、10~60質量%の範囲内であり、かつ前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒とを混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値(s)と沈殿したセルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数(t)が、下記式(1)及び(2)を満たすセルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法で製造することが好ましい。
(Method for producing cellulose ester resin)
The cellulose ester resin according to the present invention is a method for producing a cellulose ester having a step of mixing a cellulose ester solution and a poor solvent and precipitating the cellulose ester, wherein the water content relative to the solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution is The total number of acyl groups per glucose unit of the cellulose ester that is within the range of 10 to 60% by mass and the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent and the precipitated cellulose ester It is preferable to manufacture by the manufacturing method of the cellulose-ester resin in which carbon number (t) satisfy | fills following formula (1) and (2).

 式(1) a=s+0.8t
 式(2) 31≦a≦40
(式中、sは、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値であり、tは、セルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数である。上記0.8tは、SP値に対するアシル基の寄与に関する項である。)
 以下、詳細に説明する。
Formula (1) a = s + 0.8t
Formula (2) 31 ≦ a ≦ 40
(In the formula, s is the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent, and t is the total number of acyl group carbon atoms per glucose unit of the cellulose ester. 0.8t above) Is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.)
Details will be described below.

 (セルロースエステル溶液)
 セルロースエステル溶液は、セルロースエステルを含む溶液であれば良い。また、前記セルロースエステル溶液は、セルロースエステルの合成から沈殿までを連続して行う場合には、セルロースエステルの沈殿工程の直前のセルロース溶液、例えばセルロースの活性化工程、アシル化反応工程、熟成工程、中和反応工程を経たセルロースエステル溶液を指す。
(Cellulose ester solution)
The cellulose ester solution should just be a solution containing a cellulose ester. In addition, when the cellulose ester solution is continuously formed from cellulose ester synthesis to precipitation, a cellulose solution immediately before the cellulose ester precipitation step, for example, cellulose activation step, acylation reaction step, aging step, The cellulose ester solution which passed through the neutralization reaction process is pointed out.

 前記セルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法は、前記セルロースエステル溶液に含まれる溶媒全体の含水率が10~60質量%の範囲内であることを特徴としており、セルロースエステルの良好な分散性と溶解性の両立の観点から15~50質量%の範囲内であることが好ましい。 The method for producing the cellulose ester resin is characterized in that the water content of the entire solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution is in the range of 10 to 60% by mass, and both good dispersibility and solubility of the cellulose ester are achieved. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably in the range of 15 to 50% by mass.

 50質量%以下であれば、セルロースエステルの溶解が容易となって生産性が向上し、60質量%以下であれば、ゲル状異物の低減効果が大きいほか、製造も容易である。 If the amount is 50% by mass or less, the cellulose ester is easily dissolved and the productivity is improved. If the amount is 60% by mass or less, the effect of reducing gel-like foreign matters is great and the production is also easy.

 また15質量%以上であれば、セルロースエステルの溶解に先立つ分散に時間が短縮でき、セルロースエステルの装置への付着が減少し、生産性が向上し、10質量%以上であれば、ゲル状異物の低減効果が大きい。 Moreover, if it is 15 mass% or more, it can shorten time for dispersion | distribution prior to melt | dissolution of a cellulose ester, adhesion to the apparatus of a cellulose ester will reduce, productivity will improve, and if it is 10 mass% or more, it will be a gel-like foreign material. The reduction effect is great.

 前記セルロースエステル溶液を得るために使用する溶媒は、前記のとおり水を含む混合溶媒であり、セルロースエステルが溶解する溶媒であればいかなる溶媒でも構わないが、水と混合される水以外の溶媒としては、SP値が18.5~37.0(MPa)1/2の範囲内であることが好ましい。SP値が前記の範囲内である溶媒は、セルロースエステルの溶解が容易である。 The solvent used to obtain the cellulose ester solution is a mixed solvent containing water as described above, and any solvent can be used as long as the cellulose ester dissolves. However, as a solvent other than water mixed with water, The SP value is preferably in the range of 18.5 to 37.0 (MPa) 1/2 . A solvent having an SP value within the above range can easily dissolve the cellulose ester.

 本発明でいう溶媒の溶解度パラメーター(SP値)とは、分子凝集エネルギーの平方根で表される値で、Polymer Hand Book (Second Edition)第IV章 Solubility Parameter Valuesに記載があり、その値を用いる。単位は(MPa)1/2であり、25℃における値を指す。なお、データの記載がないものについては、R.F.Fedors,Polymer Engineering Science,14,p147(1967)に記載の方法で計算することができる。混合溶媒では、使用した各溶媒の溶媒全体に対する質量分率と各溶媒のSP値をかけあわせたものの総和を、混合溶媒のSP値とする。 The solubility parameter (SP value) of the solvent referred to in the present invention is a value represented by the square root of the molecular aggregation energy, and is described in Polymer Hand Book (Second Edition) Chapter IV Solubility Parameter Values. The unit is (MPa) 1/2 and indicates a value at 25 ° C. In addition, R.D. F. It can be calculated by the method described in Fedors, Polymer Engineering Science, 14, p147 (1967). In the mixed solvent, the total sum of the mass fraction of each solvent used with respect to the total solvent and the SP value of each solvent is taken as the SP value of the mixed solvent.

 前記セルロースエステル溶液には水のほかに単一ではセルロースエステルを溶解しない溶媒を用いても良く、セルロースエステル溶液の溶媒と貧溶媒が混合した状態で、前記式(1)及び(2)を満たせば良い。 In addition to water, a single solvent that does not dissolve the cellulose ester may be used for the cellulose ester solution, and the formulas (1) and (2) may be satisfied in a state where the solvent of the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent are mixed. It ’s fine.

 セルロースエステル溶液の溶媒と貧溶媒に用いられる具体的な有機溶媒としては、例えば、メタノール(29.7)、エタノール(28.0)、水(47.9)、酪酸(19.9)、プロピオン酸(20.3)、酢酸エチル(18.6)、テトラヒドロフラン(18.6)、ベンゼン(18.8)、トリクロロエチル(18.8)、メチルエチルケトン(19.0)、クロロホルム(19.0)、塩化メチレン(19.8)、アセトン(20.2)、酢酸(20.7)、ピリジン(21.9)、n-ブタノール(23.3)、イソプロピルアルコール(23.5)、ジメチルホルムアミド(24.8)等を挙げることができる。括弧内の数値は、SP値(MPa)1/2を表す。 Specific organic solvents used for the solvent and poor solvent of the cellulose ester solution include, for example, methanol (29.7), ethanol (28.0), water (47.9), butyric acid (19.9), and propion. Acid (20.3), ethyl acetate (18.6), tetrahydrofuran (18.6), benzene (18.8), trichloroethyl (18.8), methyl ethyl ketone (19.0), chloroform (19.0) , Methylene chloride (19.8), acetone (20.2), acetic acid (20.7), pyridine (21.9), n-butanol (23.3), isopropyl alcohol (23.5), dimethylformamide ( 24.8). The numerical value in the parenthesis represents the SP value (MPa) 1/2 .

 ただし、セルロースエステル溶液の溶媒には、セルロースエステルの溶解を担う溶媒を含んでいることが好ましく、具体的にはSP値が18.5~25.0の範囲内である有機溶媒が好適に用いられる。 However, the solvent of the cellulose ester solution preferably contains a solvent responsible for dissolving the cellulose ester. Specifically, an organic solvent having an SP value in the range of 18.5 to 25.0 is preferably used. It is done.

 溶解を担う溶媒として好ましくは、SP値が18.5~23.5の範囲内であり、更に好ましくは、SP値が18.5~22.0の範囲内である。好ましい溶媒としては、酢酸エチル、テトラヒドロフラン、メチルエチルケトン、塩化メチレン、アセトン、酢酸を挙げることができる。更に、これらの溶媒はいかなる溶媒と組み合わせても良い。好ましい組み合わせとして、例えば、酢酸と水の混合溶媒において、酢酸:水の質量比が90:10~65:35の範囲内であり、酢酸、メタノール及び水の混合溶媒において、酢酸/メタノールの質量比が100/0~6/94の範囲)、アセトン、メタノール及び水の混合溶媒(アセトン/メタノールの質量比が100/0~8/92の範囲)等が挙げられ、このほかに添加剤等を含有していても良い。 The solvent responsible for dissolution preferably has an SP value in the range of 18.5 to 23.5, and more preferably has an SP value in the range of 18.5 to 22.0. Preferred solvents include ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, methyl ethyl ketone, methylene chloride, acetone and acetic acid. Furthermore, these solvents may be combined with any solvent. As a preferable combination, for example, in a mixed solvent of acetic acid and water, a mass ratio of acetic acid: water is in the range of 90:10 to 65:35, and in a mixed solvent of acetic acid, methanol and water, a mass ratio of acetic acid / methanol. In the range of 100/0 to 6/94), a mixed solvent of acetone, methanol and water (mass ratio of acetone / methanol is in the range of 100/0 to 8/92). You may contain.

 混合溶媒を用いて前記セルロースエステル溶液を作製する場合、溶媒の添加順に制限はなく、セルロースエステルが溶解するSP値の範囲内になるように調整した溶媒をセルロースエステルに添加しても良く、SP値を調整した溶媒にセルロースエステルを添加しても良い。また、複数種の溶媒を用いて前記セルロースエステル溶液を作製する場合、セルロースエステルに溶媒を順次添加しながら、系中でセルロースエステルが溶解するSP値の範囲内になるように調整しても良い。 When the cellulose ester solution is prepared using a mixed solvent, the order of addition of the solvent is not limited, and a solvent adjusted so that the cellulose ester is dissolved may be added to the cellulose ester. You may add a cellulose ester to the solvent which adjusted the value. Moreover, when producing the said cellulose-ester solution using several types of solvent, you may adjust so that it may become in the range of SP value which a cellulose ester melt | dissolves in a system, adding a solvent to a cellulose ester sequentially. .

 使用する溶媒量は、特に制限は無いが、前記貧溶媒と混合する前の前記セルロースエステル溶液中のセルロースエステルの固形分濃度が5~30質量%の範囲であることが好ましい。30質量%以下であれば、セルロースエステルを沈殿させた際に異物が固体中に取り込まれにくく、5質量%以上だと前記貧溶媒の使用量が少なくてもセルロースエステルを析出させることができ、生産性が向上する。 The amount of solvent to be used is not particularly limited, but the solid content concentration of the cellulose ester in the cellulose ester solution before mixing with the poor solvent is preferably in the range of 5 to 30% by mass. If it is 30% by mass or less, it is difficult for foreign substances to be taken into the solid when the cellulose ester is precipitated, and if it is 5% by mass or more, the cellulose ester can be precipitated even if the amount of the poor solvent used is small. Productivity is improved.

 セルロースエステルを溶解する工程の温度は、セルロースエステルが溶解する温度であれば特に制限はなく、沸点以上として加熱還流状態においても何ら問題はないが、好ましくは-20~80℃の範囲である。 The temperature of the step of dissolving the cellulose ester is not particularly limited as long as it is a temperature at which the cellulose ester dissolves, and there is no problem even when heated to reflux with a boiling point or higher, but it is preferably in the range of −20 to 80 ° C.

 (貧溶媒)
 前記「貧溶媒」とは、セルロースエステルが20℃で10質量%以上溶解しない溶媒のことであり、前記セルロースエステル溶液からセルロースエステルを沈殿させるために加える溶媒のことをいう。また、セルロースエステルの製造工程では、部分加水分解を行うための熟成工程後に行う中和反応後に、セルロースエステルを沈殿させるために加える溶媒のことを貧溶媒といい、熟成工程を行わない場合には、アシル化反応工程後に行う中和反応後に、セルロースエステルを沈殿させるために加える溶媒のことを貧溶媒という。
(Poor solvent)
The “poor solvent” refers to a solvent in which the cellulose ester does not dissolve by 10% by mass or more at 20 ° C., and refers to a solvent added to precipitate the cellulose ester from the cellulose ester solution. Moreover, in the manufacturing process of a cellulose ester, the solvent added in order to precipitate a cellulose ester after the neutralization reaction performed after the aging process for performing partial hydrolysis is called a poor solvent, and when the aging process is not performed, The solvent added to precipitate the cellulose ester after the neutralization reaction performed after the acylation reaction step is referred to as a poor solvent.

 前記セルロースエステル溶液からセルロースエステルを沈殿させるために、貧溶媒の溶媒種や組成比を変化させながら段階的にセルロースエステル溶液と混合する場合は、使用した貧溶媒を全て合わせた溶媒のことを貧溶媒という。 In order to precipitate the cellulose ester from the cellulose ester solution, when mixing with the cellulose ester solution step by step while changing the solvent type and composition ratio of the poor solvent, it is necessary to use a solvent that combines all the poor solvents used. It is called a solvent.

 前記貧溶媒は前記セルロースエステル溶液に用いる溶媒と貧溶媒を合わせた溶媒全体のSP値の数値が前記式(1)及び(2)の範囲内となるように調整されていればよいが、前記セルロースエステル溶液に用いる溶媒より高いSP値に調整されていることが好ましい。溶媒全体のSP値の数値が前記式(1)及び(2)の範囲内であれば、晶析物は溶解していて、セルロースエステルの沈殿と分離できる。また貧溶媒のSP値が45.0以下であれば、添加時にゲル状異物の一部が析出を顕著に少なくできるため、貧溶媒のSP値は45.0以下に調整されていることが好ましい。 The poor solvent may be adjusted so that the numerical value of the total SP value of the solvent combined with the solvent used for the cellulose ester solution is within the range of the formulas (1) and (2). It is preferable that the SP value is adjusted to be higher than that of the solvent used for the cellulose ester solution. If the numerical value of the SP value of the whole solvent is within the range of the above formulas (1) and (2), the crystallized product is dissolved and can be separated from the precipitation of cellulose ester. In addition, if the SP value of the poor solvent is 45.0 or less, it is preferable that the SP value of the poor solvent is adjusted to 45.0 or less because a part of the gel-like foreign matter can be remarkably reduced during the addition. .

 好適に用いられる貧溶媒としては、SP値が異なる溶媒を二種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、水と有機溶媒の混合溶媒が好ましい。好ましい水と有機溶媒の混合溶媒としては、例えば、水とアルコール類(メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、ブタノールなど)の混合溶媒、水と酢酸の混合溶媒、アセトンと水の混合溶媒、水と酢酸及びアルコール類(メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、ブタノールなど)の混合溶媒、水とアセトン及びアルコール類(メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、ブタノールなど)の混合溶媒等を挙げることができる。前記アルコール類として、好ましくは、メタノール又はエタノールであり、更に好ましくはメタノールである。 As the poor solvent suitably used, two or more solvents having different SP values may be used in combination, and a mixed solvent of water and an organic solvent is preferable. As a preferable mixed solvent of water and organic solvent, for example, a mixed solvent of water and alcohols (methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, etc.), a mixed solvent of water and acetic acid, a mixed solvent of acetone and water, water and acetic acid and Examples include a mixed solvent of alcohols (methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, etc.), a mixed solvent of water, acetone, and alcohols (methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, etc.). The alcohol is preferably methanol or ethanol, more preferably methanol.

 前記貧溶媒は、前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値が前記式(1)及び(2)の範囲内となるようにあらかじめ調整した溶媒を加えても良く、前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値が最終的に前記式(1)及び(2)の範囲内となるように組成比や溶媒種を変化させながら段階的に加えても良い。前記貧溶媒の組成比や溶媒種を変化させながら段階的に加える場合、段階的に加える貧溶媒のSP値は45.0以下であることが好ましい。 The poor solvent may be a solvent prepared in advance so that the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent is within the range of the formulas (1) and (2), While mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent, stepwise while changing the composition ratio and the solvent species so that the SP value of the whole solvent finally falls within the range of the formulas (1) and (2). May be added. When adding stepwise while changing the composition ratio and solvent type of the poor solvent, the SP value of the poor solvent added stepwise is preferably 45.0 or less.

 前記貧溶媒の使用量は、セルロースエステル溶液の質量に対して、0.5~10.0倍の範囲内が好ましく、更に好ましくは、1.0~5.0倍の範囲内である。この範囲内でセルロースエステルが沈殿するように前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒全体の組成を調整し、且つ、混合する貧溶媒のSP値の最大値が45.0以下となるように調整することで、ゲル状異物に対して著しい低減効果を得ることができる。 The amount of the poor solvent used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10.0 times, more preferably in the range of 1.0 to 5.0 times the mass of the cellulose ester solution. The composition of the cellulose ester solution and the entire poor solvent is adjusted so that the cellulose ester is precipitated within this range, and the maximum SP value of the poor solvent to be mixed is adjusted to 45.0 or less. Thus, a remarkable reduction effect can be obtained for the gel-like foreign matter.

 (セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒)
 前記セルロースエステルの製造方法は、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合させて、セルロースエステルを沈殿させる工程を有することを特徴とする。また前記セルロースエステル溶液に含まれる溶媒全体に対する水の含有率が10~60質量%の範囲内であり、かつ前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値:sとセルロースエステルのアシル基総炭素数:tが前記式(1)及び(2)を満たす範囲内であることを特徴とする。
(Solvent after mixing cellulose ester solution and poor solvent)
The manufacturing method of the said cellulose ester has the process of mixing a cellulose-ester solution and a poor solvent, and precipitating a cellulose ester. Further, the content of water in the range of 10 to 60% by mass with respect to the whole solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution, and the numerical value of the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent: s And the total number of acyl groups in the cellulose ester: t is within the range satisfying the formulas (1) and (2).

 ここで、「前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値」とは、「前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体において、各溶媒の質量分率とSP値の積を合計した値」をいう。 Here, “the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent” means “the mass fraction of each solvent in the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent”. And the sum of the product of the SP value.

 SP値を前記範囲に調整することによって、ゲル状異物の析出を抑制し、セルロースエステルのゲル化を防止しすることができ、ゲル状異物の低減効果を十分に得ることができる。同時にSP値を前記範囲に調整することによって、晶析物の凝集や微分散を抑制することができる。 By adjusting the SP value within the above range, precipitation of gel-like foreign matters can be suppressed, gelation of cellulose ester can be prevented, and the effect of reducing gel-like foreign matters can be sufficiently obtained. At the same time, by adjusting the SP value within the above range, aggregation and fine dispersion of the crystallized product can be suppressed.

 ただし、セルロースエステルを沈殿させるためには、前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合した後のSP値は、前記セルロースエステル溶液のSP値よりも大きな値であることが好ましい。 However, in order to precipitate the cellulose ester, the SP value after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent is preferably larger than the SP value of the cellulose ester solution.

 本発明の効果発現の観点からは、前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値:sと、セルロースエステルのアシル基総炭素数:tが下記式(3)及び式(4)を満たす範囲内であることがさらに好ましい。ここで下記0.8tは、SP値に対するアシル基の寄与に関する項である。 From the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention, the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent: s, and the total number of acyl groups in the cellulose ester: t is the following formula (3): And it is more preferable that it is in the range satisfying the formula (4). Here, 0.8 t below is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.

 式(3) a=s+0.8t
 式(4) 33≦a≦39
 更に、下記式(5)及び式(6)を満たす範囲内であることが特に好ましい。
Formula (3) a = s + 0.8t
Formula (4) 33 ≦ a ≦ 39
Furthermore, it is particularly preferable that the value is within a range satisfying the following formulas (5) and (6).

 式(5) a=s+0.8t
 式(6) 35≦a≦39
 aの値が前記式(1)及び(2)の上限を上回ると晶析物の析出が起こりやすく、晶析物がセルロースエステルに取り込まれるため、精製の効果が得られず、セルロースエステルの晶析物の微分散が起こり、ろ過時にフィルターを通過し収率が低下することがある。
Formula (5) a = s + 0.8t
Formula (6) 35 ≦ a ≦ 39
If the value of a exceeds the upper limit of the above formulas (1) and (2), the crystallization product is likely to be precipitated, and the crystallization product is taken into the cellulose ester. Fine dispersion of the precipitate may occur, and the filter may pass through the filter during filtration and the yield may decrease.

 aの値が前記式(1)及び(2)の下限を下回ると目的のセルロースエステルが結晶にならず、そのものがゲル化してろ過に多大の工数を要し、製造が困難となる。 When the value of a falls below the lower limit of the above formulas (1) and (2), the target cellulose ester does not become a crystal, and it itself gels, requiring a large amount of man-hours for filtration, making production difficult.

 aの値が前記式(3)及び(4)の上限以下であると晶析物の低減が顕著となり、前記式(5)及び(6)の上限以下であると更に晶析物の低減が顕著となる。aの値が前記式(3)及び(4)の下限以上であると粗大な結晶が少なくなり、次工程の装置に対する負荷を軽減し効率的にセルロースエステルを製造できる。前記式(5)及び(6)の下限以上であると、更に粗大な晶析物が少なくなる。 When the value of a is less than or equal to the upper limit of the formulas (3) and (4), the reduction of the crystallized product becomes remarkable, and when it is less than or equal to the upper limit of the formulas (5) and (6), the reduction of the crystallized product is further reduced. Become prominent. When the value of a is equal to or greater than the lower limit of the above formulas (3) and (4), the number of coarse crystals is reduced, and the load on the apparatus in the next step can be reduced and the cellulose ester can be produced efficiently. When it is at least the lower limit of the above formulas (5) and (6), coarser crystallized products are reduced.

 (アルコール類)
 前記セルロースエステル溶液又は前記貧溶媒の少なくとも一方にアルコール類が含まれていることが好ましい。前記アルコール類を含有した状態でセルロースエステルの沈殿を行うことにより、前記セルロースエステルの凝集が抑制され、より良好な形状で均一に沈殿物を得ることができる。また、前記アルコール類が含まれていることにより、異物の溶解又は分散が促進されるため、沈殿で得られたセルロースエステル中の異物の含有量を大幅に低減させることができる。
(Alcohol)
It is preferable that alcohol is contained in at least one of the cellulose ester solution or the poor solvent. By precipitating the cellulose ester in a state containing the alcohols, aggregation of the cellulose ester is suppressed, and a precipitate can be obtained uniformly in a better shape. Moreover, since the said alcohol is contained, melt | dissolution or dispersion | distribution of a foreign material is accelerated | stimulated, Therefore Content of the foreign material in the cellulose ester obtained by precipitation can be reduced significantly.

 前記アルコール類としては、ヒドロキシ基を有しているアルコール類であれば特に制限はないが、好ましくは、脂肪族アルコール類が好ましい。脂肪族のアルコール類としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等を挙げることができる。好ましくは、メタノール、エタノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールであり、更に好ましくは、メタノール、エタノールであり、最も好ましくは、メタノールである。 The alcohol is not particularly limited as long as it is an alcohol having a hydroxy group, but is preferably an aliphatic alcohol. Examples of aliphatic alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and the like. Methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol are preferable, methanol and ethanol are more preferable, and methanol is most preferable.

 前記アルコール類の使用量は、特に制限はないが、セルロースエステル溶液と混合した場合に、セルロースエステルの固体が析出しない範囲の使用量が好ましい。アルコール類の効果が得られる範囲として、好ましくはセルロースエステルの質量に対して0.1~50倍の範囲内であり、晶析物の形状制御の観点から、更に好ましくはセルロースエステルの質量に対して10倍以下であり、最も好ましくは5倍以下である。アルコール類の使用量を上記のようにすることで、粗大な晶析物を析出せず、かつ析出の収率を高めることができる。 The amount of the alcohol used is not particularly limited, but is preferably within a range in which the cellulose ester solid does not precipitate when mixed with the cellulose ester solution. The range in which the effects of alcohols are obtained is preferably within a range of 0.1 to 50 times the mass of the cellulose ester, and more preferably from the mass of the cellulose ester from the viewpoint of shape control of the crystallized product. 10 times or less, and most preferably 5 times or less. By setting the amount of alcohol used as described above, a coarse crystallized product is not precipitated, and the precipitation yield can be increased.

 前記アルコール類は、前記セルロースエステル溶液、又は、前記貧溶媒のいずれか一方、若しくは両方に含まれていても良い。前記セルロースエステル溶液にアルコール類を添加する方法としては、前記セルロースエステル溶液とアルコール類を混合する方法、アルコール類を含む混合溶媒とセルロースエステルを混合して、前記セルロースエステル溶液を作製する方法、セルロースエステルとアルコール類を混合した後、ほかの溶媒を加えて前記セルロースエステル溶液を作製する方法等が挙げられる。また、セルロースエステルの製造工程では、反応停止工程又は熟成工程で添加するアルコール類を過剰にして、アルコール類の残存量が、セルロースエステルの質量に対して0.1~50倍の範囲内になるように調整しても良い。 The alcohols may be contained in one or both of the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent. As a method of adding alcohols to the cellulose ester solution, a method of mixing the cellulose ester solution and alcohols, a method of preparing a cellulose ester solution by mixing a mixed solvent containing alcohols and a cellulose ester, cellulose Examples thereof include a method of preparing the cellulose ester solution by adding an ester and an alcohol and then adding another solvent. In addition, in the cellulose ester production process, the alcohol added in the reaction stopping process or the aging process is excessive, and the residual amount of alcohol is in the range of 0.1 to 50 times the mass of the cellulose ester. You may adjust as follows.

 (セルロースエステルを沈殿させる工程)
 前記セルロースエステルの製造方法は、前記セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合させて、セルロースエステルを沈殿させる工程(沈殿工程ともいう。)を有する。沈殿工程において、前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒の混合方法は、前記セルロースエステル溶液を前記貧溶媒に添加しても良く、前記貧溶媒を前記セルロースエステル溶液に添加しても良いが、前記貧溶媒を前記セルロースエステル溶液に添加する方法が好ましい。
(Step of precipitating cellulose ester)
The method for producing the cellulose ester includes a step of mixing the cellulose ester solution and a poor solvent to precipitate the cellulose ester (also referred to as a precipitation step). In the precipitation step, the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent may be mixed by adding the cellulose ester solution to the poor solvent or adding the poor solvent to the cellulose ester solution. A method of adding a solvent to the cellulose ester solution is preferred.

 沈殿工程に用いる溶媒及び沈殿工程までに用いた溶媒の種類やSP値の好ましい様態については前述のとおりである。 The solvent used in the precipitation step, the type of solvent used up to the precipitation step, and the preferred mode of the SP value are as described above.

 前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒を混合する際の温度に制限はないが、溶媒の沸点以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは-10~60℃の範囲内であり、より好ましくは0~50℃の範囲内である。ただし、前記セルロースエステル溶液中に酢酸等の酸性溶媒を含有する場合、加熱することにより、セルロースエステルの加水分解が進行し、晶析物が著しく増加することが判明した。このため、前記セルロースエステル溶液中に酢酸等の酸性溶媒を含有する場合、前記貧溶媒と混合する時の温度は、-10~40℃の範囲内が好ましく、更に好ましくは-10~30℃の範囲内である。なお、降温は、水冷等で行ってもよく、連続的に又は段階的に行ってもよい。このような降温において、降温速度は、例えば、1時間あたり、1~20℃の範囲内℃、好ましくは3~18℃の範囲内、さらに好ましくは5~15℃の範囲内程度であってもよい。 The temperature at which the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent are mixed is not limited, but is preferably not more than the boiling point of the solvent, more preferably in the range of −10 to 60 ° C., more preferably in the range of 0 to 50 ° C. Is within. However, it has been found that when an acidic solvent such as acetic acid is contained in the cellulose ester solution, hydrolysis of the cellulose ester proceeds and the crystallized product increases remarkably by heating. Therefore, when an acidic solvent such as acetic acid is contained in the cellulose ester solution, the temperature when mixing with the poor solvent is preferably within a range of −10 to 40 ° C., more preferably −10 to 30 ° C. Within range. The temperature lowering may be performed by water cooling or the like, or may be performed continuously or stepwise. In such a temperature drop, the rate of temperature drop may be, for example, in the range of 1 to 20 ° C. per hour, preferably in the range of 3 to 18 ° C., more preferably in the range of 5 to 15 ° C. Good.

 前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒の混合は、撹拌下で行うことが好ましい。撹拌下で行う場合、撹拌速度は、そのスケール(製造の規模)にもよるが、例えば、10~10000rpmの範囲内、好ましくは20~5000rpmの範囲内、さらに好ましくは30~3000rpmの範囲内、特に50~2000rpmの範囲内であってもよい。特に、撹拌速度は、10~2000rpm(例えば、20~1500rpm)の範囲内、好ましくは30~1000rpm(例えば、40~800rpm)の範囲内、さらに好ましくは50~500rpm(例えば、60~300rpm)の範囲内、特に70~200rpmの範囲内程度であってもよい。なお、撹拌速度は、粒状化に十分な程度に大きいことが望ましい。撹拌速度が小さすぎる場合、添加する前記貧溶媒の局在化や温度分布の不均一化が起こり、晶析物の低減効果が低くなる場合がある。 The mixing of the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent is preferably performed with stirring. When carried out under stirring, the stirring speed depends on the scale (manufacturing scale), but is, for example, in the range of 10 to 10,000 rpm, preferably in the range of 20 to 5000 rpm, more preferably in the range of 30 to 3000 rpm. In particular, it may be in the range of 50 to 2000 rpm. In particular, the stirring speed is in the range of 10 to 2000 rpm (eg 20 to 1500 rpm), preferably in the range of 30 to 1000 rpm (eg 40 to 800 rpm), more preferably 50 to 500 rpm (eg 60 to 300 rpm). It may be within the range, particularly within the range of 70 to 200 rpm. It is desirable that the stirring speed be large enough for granulation. When the stirring speed is too low, localization of the poor solvent to be added and uneven temperature distribution may occur, and the effect of reducing the crystallized product may be reduced.

 前記セルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法は、セルロースエステルの合成工程の中で行っても良い。 The method for producing the cellulose ester resin may be performed in the cellulose ester synthesis step.

 以下において、セルロースエステルの合成工程について説明する。 Hereinafter, the cellulose ester synthesis process will be described.

 (セルロースエステルの合成工程)
 セルロースエステルの合成工程は、活性化工程、エステル化工程、エステル化反応停止工程、濾過工程、熟成工程及び中和工程を、この順に有することが好ましい。前記沈殿工程は、合成工程の後に設けられる後処理工程の一部として設けられてもよく、また後処理工程を終了した後に、設けられても良い。
(Synthesis process of cellulose ester)
The cellulose ester synthesis step preferably includes an activation step, an esterification step, an esterification reaction stop step, a filtration step, an aging step, and a neutralization step in this order. The precipitation step may be provided as a part of a post-treatment step provided after the synthesis step, or may be provided after the post-treatment step is completed.

 [活性化工程]
 活性化工程では、セルロースを活性化剤で処理し、セルロースを活性化させる。原料セルロースはスラリー状の湿潤状態で供給される。
[Activation process]
In the activation step, cellulose is treated with an activator to activate the cellulose. Raw material cellulose is supplied in a slurry wet state.

 セルロースを活性化処理する活性化剤は、通常、アシル化反応の溶媒(アシル化溶媒)が使用され、アシル化溶媒としては、有機カルボン酸、例えば、ギ酸、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、イソ酪酸、吉草酸等の脂肪族カルボン酸(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状C1-6アルカン酸)で構成できる。これらの活性化剤は単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用できる。 As the activator for activating cellulose, a solvent for acylation reaction (acylation solvent) is usually used. As the acylation solvent, organic carboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid are used. Or an aliphatic carboxylic acid (linear or branched C1-6 alkanoic acid) such as valeric acid. These activators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 活性化処理において、活性化剤としては水を含む水系媒質が使用される。この水系媒質は有機カルボン酸を含む水系媒質であってもよく、活性化処理に続く反応に先立ち反応で使用するカルボン酸を用いてセルロース原料から水系媒質を置換することを考慮すると、経済的には多くの有機カルボン酸を用いることが好ましい。 In the activation treatment, an aqueous medium containing water is used as the activator. This aqueous medium may be an aqueous medium containing an organic carboxylic acid. In consideration of substituting the aqueous medium from the cellulose raw material with the carboxylic acid used in the reaction prior to the reaction following the activation treatment, it is economical. It is preferable to use many organic carboxylic acids.

 活性化工程は単一の活性化工程に限らず複数の活性化工程で構成してもよく、アシル化触媒の濃度の異なる活性化剤を用いて行うことができる。例えば、活性化剤でセルロースを活性化させる第1の活性化工程と、アシル化触媒を含む活性化剤でセルロースを活性化させる第2の活性化工程とで構成してもよく、アシル化触媒の濃度が低濃度の活性化剤でセルロースを処理する第1の工程と、アシル化触媒の濃度が高い活性化剤でセルロースを処理する第2の工程とで構成してもよい。 The activation step is not limited to a single activation step, and may be composed of a plurality of activation steps, and can be performed using activators having different concentrations of the acylation catalyst. For example, the acylating catalyst may be composed of a first activating step for activating cellulose with an activating agent and a second activating step for activating cellulose with an activating agent containing an acylating catalyst. You may comprise in the 1st process of processing cellulose with the activator with a low density | concentration, and the 2nd process of processing cellulose with the activator with the high density | concentration of an acylation catalyst.

 活性化剤の使用量は、セルロース100質量部に対して、例えば、25~150質量部の範囲内、好ましくは30~125質量部の範囲内、さらに好ましくは50~100質量部(例えば、70~100質量部)の範囲内程度であってもよい。 The amount of the activator used is, for example, in the range of 25 to 150 parts by weight, preferably in the range of 30 to 125 parts by weight, more preferably 50 to 100 parts by weight (for example, 70 parts by weight) with respect to 100 parts by weight of cellulose. May be in the range of about 100 parts by mass).

 活性化処理は、セルロースを活性化剤で処理すればよく、セルロースに活性化剤を噴霧してもよく、活性化剤中にセルロースを浸漬してもよい。通常、活性化剤中に原料セルロースを添加しスラリー状にする場合が多い。活性化処理温度は、0~100℃の範囲から選択でき、工業的な負荷をかけずに活性化処理を行うためには、通常、10~40℃の範囲内、好ましくは15~35℃程度である。また、活性化処理時間は、0.1~72時間の範囲で選択でき、通常、0.1~3時間の範囲内、好ましくは0.2~2時間の範囲内程度である。 In the activation treatment, the cellulose may be treated with an activator, the activator may be sprayed on the cellulose, or the cellulose may be immersed in the activator. Usually, raw material cellulose is often added to the activator to form a slurry. The activation treatment temperature can be selected from the range of 0 to 100 ° C. In order to perform the activation treatment without applying industrial load, it is usually within the range of 10 to 40 ° C., preferably about 15 to 35 ° C. It is. The activation treatment time can be selected in the range of 0.1 to 72 hours, and is usually in the range of 0.1 to 3 hours, preferably in the range of 0.2 to 2 hours.

 原料セルロースの粉砕に用いられた溶剤がカルボン酸の場合、微粉砕段階で活性化処理が進んでいるため、静置時間は僅かでよく、すぐにエステル化反応容器に投入することができる。 When the solvent used for pulverizing the raw material cellulose is carboxylic acid, the activation process proceeds at the fine pulverization stage, so that the standing time is short, and it can be immediately put into the esterification reaction vessel.

 原料セルロースの粉砕に水等カルボン酸以外の溶液を使用した場合、カルボン酸で数回洗浄することで、カルボン酸に置換し、静置することで活性化処理が完了する。 When a solution other than carboxylic acid such as water is used for pulverizing raw material cellulose, the activation treatment is completed by washing with carboxylic acid several times, replacing with carboxylic acid, and allowing to stand.

 [エステル化工程]
 前記活性化処理により活性化されたセルロースを、酸触媒の存在下で少なくとも炭素数2以上のアシル基を有するカルボン酸(少なくとも一種以上含む)と無水カルボン酸(少なくとも一種以上含む)でエステル化する。酸触媒としてはルイス酸、強酸を使用することができるが、特に硫酸が一般的に使用される。
[Esterification process]
The cellulose activated by the activation treatment is esterified with a carboxylic acid (containing at least one or more) having an acyl group having at least 2 carbon atoms and a carboxylic anhydride (containing at least one or more) in the presence of an acid catalyst. . As the acid catalyst, Lewis acid or strong acid can be used, but sulfuric acid is generally used.

 通常、酸無水物[例えば、炭素数2以上のカルボン酸の酸無水物(カルボン酸無水物)]、例えば、無水酢酸、無水プロピオン酸、無水酪酸、無水吉草酸などのC~Cアルカン酸無水物が使用できる。少なくとも炭素数2以上のアシル基を有するカルボン酸(例えば、少なくともC~Cカルボン酸無水物)が使用される。これらは単独又は二種以上組み合わせて使用してもよい。アシル基を有し、アシル化しやすいものであれば、カルボン酸に限定されるものではなく、有機酸ハライド等も使用することができる。 Usually, an acid anhydride [for example, an acid anhydride of a carboxylic acid having 2 or more carbon atoms (carboxylic acid anhydride)], for example, a C 2 -C 6 alkane such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, valeric anhydride, etc. Acid anhydrides can be used. A carboxylic acid having an acyl group having at least 2 carbon atoms (for example, at least a C 2 -C 6 carboxylic acid anhydride) is used. You may use these individually or in combination of 2 or more types. As long as it has an acyl group and is easily acylated, it is not limited to carboxylic acids, and organic acid halides can also be used.

 エステル化工程で酸触媒(特に、硫酸)の使用量は、例えばセルロース100質量部に対して3~20質量部の範囲内、好ましくは5~18質量部の範囲内、さらに好ましくは7~15質量部程度の範囲から選択でき、通常、7~15質量部の範囲内程度である。 The amount of the acid catalyst (particularly sulfuric acid) used in the esterification step is, for example, in the range of 3 to 20 parts by mass, preferably in the range of 5 to 18 parts by mass, more preferably 7 to 15 parts per 100 parts by mass of cellulose. It can be selected from the range of about part by mass, and is usually in the range of 7 to 15 parts by mass.

 エステル化溶剤としては、少なくとも炭素数2以上のアシル基に対応するエステル化溶剤、例えば、カルボン酸(酸無水物)を用いればよく、例えば、C~Cカルボン酸に対応する酸無水物から選択され、かつ炭素数の異なる複数の酸無水物を用いてもよい。例えば、無水プロピオン酸及び/又は無水酪酸と無水酢酸とを組み合わせて用いてもよい。 As the esterification solvent, an esterification solvent corresponding to at least an acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, for example, a carboxylic acid (an acid anhydride) may be used. For example, an acid anhydride corresponding to a C 2 to C 6 carboxylic acid A plurality of acid anhydrides selected from those having different carbon numbers may be used. For example, propionic anhydride and / or butyric anhydride and acetic anhydride may be used in combination.

 好ましいエステル化溶剤は、無水酢酸と無水プロピオン酸との組み合わせ、無水酢酸と無水酪酸との組み合わせ、無水酢酸と無水プロピオン酸と無水酪酸との組み合わせである。特に、無水酢酸と無水プロピオン酸との組み合わせ、無水酢酸と無水酪酸との組み合わせが好ましい。なお、無水酢酸は無水プロピオン酸などと比べて反応性が高く、アセチル基の置換度が小さいセルロース混合脂肪酸エステルを得る場合には、無水酢酸を用いないか、又は本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で少なくとも炭素数3以上にアシル基に対応するエステル化溶剤と少量の無水酢酸とを組み合わせてもよい。 Preferred esterification solvents are a combination of acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride, a combination of acetic anhydride and butyric anhydride, and a combination of acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride and butyric anhydride. In particular, a combination of acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride, and a combination of acetic anhydride and butyric anhydride are preferable. Acetic anhydride is more reactive than propionic anhydride and the like, and in the case of obtaining a cellulose mixed fatty acid ester having a low degree of acetyl group substitution, acetic anhydride is not used or the object of the present invention is not impaired. The esterification solvent having at least 3 carbon atoms and corresponding to the acyl group may be combined with a small amount of acetic anhydride.

 なお、炭素数3以上のアシル基を有するセルロースエステルを得る場合、酢酸の存在化でアシル化、又は熟成できれば、エステル化溶剤は炭素数3以上のアシル基に対応する、例えば、無水プロピオン酸、無水酪酸などで構成すればよく、必ずしもアセチル基に対応するエステル化溶剤(無水酢酸)を含んでいなくてもよい。アセチル基を導入するためには、必ずしも無水酢酸を使用する必要はなく、反応系に酢酸を存在させて反応させてもよい。 In the case of obtaining a cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, the esterification solvent may correspond to an acyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, for example, propionic anhydride, if acylation or aging can be performed in the presence of acetic acid. What is necessary is just to comprise by butyric anhydride etc., and it does not necessarily need to contain the esterification solvent (acetic anhydride) corresponding to an acetyl group. In order to introduce an acetyl group, acetic anhydride is not necessarily used, and the reaction may be carried out in the presence of acetic acid.

 このような酢酸は、エステル化工程及び熟成工程(特に、少なくとも熟成工程)において反応系に存在させればよく、前記活性化処理由来の酢酸のみで構成してもよく、エステル化工程及び熟成工程において新たに添加してもよく、通常エステル化工程でエステル化溶媒として使用してもよい。 Such acetic acid may be present in the reaction system in the esterification step and the ripening step (particularly at least the ripening step), and may be composed only of acetic acid derived from the activation treatment. May be newly added, and may be used as an esterification solvent in an ordinary esterification step.

 なお、複数のエステル化溶剤を用いてセルロースエステルを製造する場合、エステル化工程において、反応系には複数のエステル化溶剤を共存させてもよく、特定のエステル化溶剤でセルロースをエステル化した後、ほかのエステル化溶剤でセルロースをエステル化してもよい。エステル化工程でのエステル化溶剤の使用量は、例えば、セルロースのヒドロキシ基に対して1.1~4当量の範囲内、好ましくは1.1~2当量の範囲内、さらに好ましくは1.3~1.8当量程度の範囲内である。 In addition, when producing a cellulose ester using a plurality of esterification solvents, in the esterification step, a plurality of esterification solvents may coexist in the reaction system, and after esterifying cellulose with a specific esterification solvent The cellulose may be esterified with another esterification solvent. The amount of the esterification solvent used in the esterification step is, for example, in the range of 1.1 to 4 equivalents, preferably in the range of 1.1 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 1.3 to the hydroxy group of cellulose. It is in the range of about ~ 1.8 equivalent.

 エステル化工程において、通常、溶媒又は希釈剤としてエステル化溶媒(酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸などの有機カルボン酸)が使用される。エステル化溶媒(カルボン酸)の使用量は、セルロース100質量部に対して50~700質量部の範囲内、好ましくは150~600質量部の範囲内、さらに好ましくは200~550質量部の範囲内程度である。 In the esterification step, an esterification solvent (organic carboxylic acid such as acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid) is usually used as a solvent or diluent. The amount of esterification solvent (carboxylic acid) used is in the range of 50 to 700 parts by weight, preferably in the range of 150 to 600 parts by weight, and more preferably in the range of 200 to 550 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of cellulose. Degree.

 なお、エステル化反応は、0~50℃の範囲内、好ましくは5~45℃の範囲内、さらに好ましく10~40℃の範囲内程度の温度で行うことができる。なお、エステル化反応は、初期において、比較的低温、10℃以下(0~10℃)]で行ってもよい。このような低温での反応時間は、例えば、エステル化反応開始から30分以上、40分~2時間の範囲内、好ましくは45~100分の範囲内程度)であってもよい。10~50℃の範囲内でのエステル化時間は、10分以上20~90分の範囲内、好ましくは30~80分の範囲内、40~75分の範囲内である。 The esterification reaction can be performed at a temperature in the range of 0 to 50 ° C., preferably in the range of 5 to 45 ° C., more preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C. The esterification reaction may be initially performed at a relatively low temperature of 10 ° C. or lower (0 to 10 ° C.). The reaction time at such a low temperature may be, for example, 30 minutes or more, 40 minutes to 2 hours, preferably 45 to 100 minutes from the start of the esterification reaction. The esterification time in the range of 10 to 50 ° C. is in the range of 10 to 20 minutes, preferably in the range of 30 to 80 minutes, and in the range of 40 to 75 minutes.

 均一な反応系が形成されると、エステル化反応が終了したと判断することができる。 When a uniform reaction system is formed, it can be determined that the esterification reaction has been completed.

 エステル化反応を終了後、加水分解反応を開始してもよいし、エステル化溶剤、エステル化溶媒、酸触媒をそのままに、熟成工程に移行してもよい。 After completion of the esterification reaction, the hydrolysis reaction may be started, or the esterification solvent, the esterification solvent, and the acid catalyst may be left as they are, and the aging step may be performed.

 [エステル化反応停止工程]
 エステル化反応後にエステル化溶剤を失活させるために加水分解反応を行う場合は、エステル化溶剤を失活可能であればよく、通常、少なくとも水を含んでいる場合が多い。加水分解を進める失活剤は、水と、エステル化溶媒、アルコール類及び中和剤から選択された少なくとも一種で構成してもよい。より具体的には、失活剤としては、例えば、水単独、水とカルボン酸との混合物、水とアルコール類との混合物、水と中和剤との混合物、水と有機カルボン酸とアルコール類と中和剤との混合物などが例示できる。
[Esterification reaction stopping step]
When the hydrolysis reaction is performed in order to deactivate the esterification solvent after the esterification reaction, it is sufficient if the esterification solvent can be deactivated, and usually contains at least water. The quenching agent that promotes hydrolysis may be composed of water and at least one selected from esterification solvents, alcohols, and neutralizing agents. More specifically, examples of the quencher include water alone, a mixture of water and carboxylic acid, a mixture of water and alcohols, a mixture of water and neutralizer, water, organic carboxylic acid and alcohols. And a mixture of a neutralizing agent and the like.

 中和剤としては、酸触媒又はエステル化溶剤の一部を中和可能な塩基、例えば、アルカリ金属化合物(水酸化ナトリウムや水酸化カリウムなどの水酸化物、炭酸ナトリウムや炭酸カリウムなどの炭酸塩、酢酸ナトリウムや酢酸カリウムなどの有機酸塩など)、アルカリ土類金属化合物(例えば、水酸化カルシウムなどの水酸化物、炭酸カルシウムなどの炭酸塩、酢酸カルシウム、酢酸マグネシウムなどの有機酸塩など)などが挙げられ、単独で又は二種類以上組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Examples of the neutralizing agent include bases that can neutralize part of the acid catalyst or esterification solvent, such as alkali metal compounds (hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc. , Organic acid salts such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate), alkaline earth metal compounds (eg, hydroxides such as calcium hydroxide, carbonates such as calcium carbonate, organic acid salts such as calcium acetate and magnesium acetate) And may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 アルコール類としては、直鎖アルコール類(エタノール、メタノール、プロパノール等)が例示できる。これらのアルコール類も単独で又は二種類以上組み合わせて使用できる。 水とエステル化溶媒又は、水とアルコール類との割合は、水100質量部に対してエステル化溶媒又はアルコール類20~140質量部程度の範囲から選択でき、通常、25~120質量部の範囲内、好ましくは50~100質量部の範囲内である。 Examples of alcohols include linear alcohols (ethanol, methanol, propanol, etc.). These alcohols can also be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ratio of water and esterification solvent or water and alcohol can be selected from the range of about 20 to 140 parts by mass of the esterification solvent or alcohol with respect to 100 parts by mass of water, and is usually in the range of 25 to 120 parts by mass. Of these, preferably in the range of 50 to 100 parts by mass.

 エステル化工程後、熟成工程前における加水分解の実施には、酸触媒を一部中和する割合で中和剤を含んでいてもよいし、中和剤を含まなくてもよい。 In carrying out the hydrolysis after the esterification step and before the ripening step, a neutralizing agent may be included at a ratio of partially neutralizing the acid catalyst, or a neutralizing agent may not be included.

 好ましい失活剤は、水単独であってもよいが、セルロースエステルに対して水は貧溶媒なので、所望の置換度以外のセルロースエステルが析出してしまう可能性が高いため、水とエステル化溶媒との混合液が好ましい。 The preferred deactivator may be water alone, but since water is a poor solvent for cellulose esters, there is a high possibility that cellulose esters other than the desired degree of substitution will precipitate. And a mixed solution is preferable.

 原料セルロースに含まれる反応成分は100%ではないため、この段階で未反応成分が含まれるので、一度反応溶液を濾過する工程を導入してもよい。 Since the reaction component contained in the raw material cellulose is not 100%, an unreacted component is included at this stage, so a step of filtering the reaction solution may be introduced once.

 この反応停止工程は必要に応じて省略することができる。 This reaction stopping step can be omitted if necessary.

 [濾過工程]
 前記エステル化工程と後述する熟成工程の間に濾過工程を設けることが好ましい。
[Filtering process]
It is preferable to provide a filtration step between the esterification step and an aging step described later.

 エステル化反応終了後の溶液中には、原料セルロースの反応しなかった未酢化、低酢化成分や不純物が混在しているので、熟成工程直前に濾過し、取り除くことで、熟成反応にかかる時間がより短縮され、反応溶液中で起こる分子鎖や、置換基等の特異的な切断が起こりにくくなり、得られたセルロースエステルを用いて製膜したフィルムの膜面品質は濾過を省いたセルロースエステルよりもさらに良好になる。 The solution after completion of the esterification reaction contains unacetylated, low-acetylated components and impurities that did not react with the raw material cellulose. The time is shortened, and specific cleavage of molecular chains and substituents occurring in the reaction solution is less likely to occur. The film surface quality of the film formed using the obtained cellulose ester is cellulose without filtration. Even better than the ester.

 濾過に使用する濾材は、絶対濾過精度が小さい方が好ましいが、絶対濾過精度が小さすぎると、濾材の目詰まりが発生しやすく、濾材の交換を頻繁に行わなければならず、生産性を低下させるという問題点ある。 Filter media used for filtration preferably have low absolute filtration accuracy, but if the absolute filtration accuracy is too low, the filter media is likely to be clogged, and the filter media must be replaced frequently, reducing productivity. There is a problem of making it.

 濾材の材質には、特に制限はなく、通常の濾材を使用することができるが、ポリプロピレン、ポリエステル、PTFE等のプラスチック繊維製、ガラス繊維製の濾材やステンレス繊維等の金属製の濾材が繊維の脱落等がないため好ましい。 The material of the filter medium is not particularly limited, and a normal filter medium can be used. However, a filter medium made of plastic such as polypropylene, polyester, and PTFE, a filter medium made of glass fiber, and a metal filter medium such as stainless steel fiber can be used. This is preferable because there is no dropout.

 上記セルロースエステルのスラリーは酸を含むため、金属製のフィルターは腐食しやすいので、ガラス繊維やプラスチック繊維製のフィルターであることがより好ましい。 Since the cellulose ester slurry contains an acid, the metal filter is easily corroded, and therefore, a filter made of glass fiber or plastic fiber is more preferable.

 エステル化工程から熟成工程の間に金属フィルターを用いて濾過を行う際は硫酸や無水カルボン酸などを一度中和、失活させてから濾過する工程に移ることで、腐食を気にすることなく使用することができる。 When performing filtration using a metal filter between the esterification process and the aging process, it is possible to neutralize and deactivate sulfuric acid and carboxylic anhydride and then move to the filtration process without worrying about corrosion. Can be used.

 特に上記濾材を装着した加圧式濾過機を用いることが好ましい。 In particular, it is preferable to use a pressure filter equipped with the above filter medium.

 [熟成工程]
 熟成工程では、前記エステル化反応終了後ほぼトリエステル化している状態から、所望の置換度にするために脱アシル化を行い、脱アシル化終了後に中和剤を投入し一連の反応を終了する。
[Aging process]
In the ripening step, after the esterification reaction is almost completed, the acylation is performed to obtain a desired degree of substitution, and after the completion of the deacylation, a neutralizing agent is added to complete the series of reactions. .

 エステル化に利用した酸触媒を中和した場合、再度酸触媒を必要量投入してもよいし、エステル化工程で使用していた酸触媒(特に硫酸)を中和することなく熟成工程で利用してもよい。エステル化で使用していた酸触媒以外の酸触媒を投入してもよい。 When the acid catalyst used for esterification is neutralized, the required amount of acid catalyst may be added again, or used in the aging process without neutralizing the acid catalyst (especially sulfuric acid) used in the esterification process. May be. An acid catalyst other than the acid catalyst used in the esterification may be added.

 硫酸は多いと分子量を小さくしてしまうことがあるため、熟成工程で酸触媒を追加せず、エステル化工程で使用していた酸触媒を、そのまま熟成工程でも使用することが好ましい。 If sulfuric acid is too much, the molecular weight may be reduced. Therefore, it is preferable to use the acid catalyst used in the esterification step as it is in the aging step without adding an acid catalyst in the aging step.

 また、後に酸触媒を中和する段階で、酸触媒を追加した分、中和剤に含まれる、アルカリ金属又はアルカリ土類金属が、精製後のセルロースエステル中に残存し、輝点異物等の障害になりえるため、硫酸は熟成工程で追加しないことが好ましい。 In addition, in the stage where the acid catalyst is neutralized later, the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal contained in the neutralizing agent is added in the neutralizing agent, and remains in the purified cellulose ester. It is preferable not to add sulfuric acid in the aging process because it can be an obstacle.

 また、熟成に際し、必要に応じて新たに脱アシル化溶媒(水とカルボン酸混合溶液等)を添加してもよい。 In addition, a deacylation solvent (such as a mixed solution of water and carboxylic acid) may be newly added as necessary during aging.

 熟成工程中の反応温度は20~90℃の範囲内の温度がよく、好ましくは25~80℃の範囲内、さらに好ましくは30~70℃の範囲内である熟成反応は、窒素雰囲気下行ってもよく、空気雰囲気中で行ってもよい。 The reaction temperature during the ripening step is preferably in the range of 20 to 90 ° C, preferably in the range of 25 to 80 ° C, more preferably in the range of 30 to 70 ° C, and the ripening reaction is performed in a nitrogen atmosphere. Or in an air atmosphere.

 熟成反応時間は20分以上、25分~6時間の範囲から選択でき、好ましくは30分~5時間の範囲内、さらに好ましくは1~3時間の範囲内である。 The aging reaction time can be selected from the range of 20 minutes or more and 25 minutes to 6 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 5 hours, and more preferably 1 to 3 hours.

 [中和工程]
 所望のセルロースエステルが熟成工程にて得られた後、脱アシル化として使用していた酸触媒を中和させることが必要である。中和剤としては、前記エステル化反応停止工程に記載の塩基で構成された中和剤を添加するのが好ましい。
[Neutralization process]
After the desired cellulose ester is obtained in the aging step, it is necessary to neutralize the acid catalyst used for deacylation. As the neutralizing agent, it is preferable to add a neutralizing agent composed of a base described in the esterification reaction stopping step.

 反応生成物(セルロース混合脂肪酸エステルを含むドープ)を析出溶媒(水、酢酸水溶液など)に投入して生成したセルロース混合脂肪酸エステルを分離し、水洗などにより遊離の金属成分や硫酸成分などを除去してもよい。なお、水洗の際に中和剤を使用することもできる。 The reaction product (dope containing cellulose mixed fatty acid ester) is put into a precipitation solvent (water, aqueous acetic acid solution, etc.) to separate the cellulose mixed fatty acid ester, and free metal components and sulfuric acid components are removed by washing with water. May be. In addition, a neutralizing agent can also be used in the case of washing with water.

 (後処理工程)
 後処理工程は、中和工程で酸触媒を中和した後の工程であって、生成物を沈殿させて析出させ、析出したセルロースエステルを濾過して分離し、分離したセルロースエステルを洗浄し、乾燥する工程からなることが好ましい。
(Post-processing process)
The post-treatment step is a step after neutralizing the acid catalyst in the neutralization step, and the product is precipitated and precipitated, the precipitated cellulose ester is filtered and separated, and the separated cellulose ester is washed, It preferably comprises a drying step.

 [沈殿]
 析出させるための貧溶媒として、水とカルボン酸の混合溶液が好ましく用いられるが、これらの貧溶媒に限られるわけではなく、ケトン類、アルコール類、エーテル類、エステル類等単独又は水混合溶媒であってもよい。
[Precipitation]
As a poor solvent for precipitation, a mixed solution of water and carboxylic acid is preferably used, but is not limited to these poor solvents, and ketones, alcohols, ethers, esters and the like alone or in a water mixed solvent There may be.

 前記セルロースエステルの製造方法は、晶析物を低減させる目的から、後処理工程における生成物の沈殿工程で用いることが最も効果的である。また、一度、取り出したセルロースエステルを用いて、前記セルロースエステルの製造方法により晶析物を低減させても良い。 The cellulose ester production method is most effectively used in the product precipitation step in the post-treatment step for the purpose of reducing the crystallized product. Moreover, you may reduce a crystallized substance by the manufacturing method of the said cellulose ester once using the taken-out cellulose ester.

 [濾過]
 前記セルロースエステル樹脂の製造方法は、濾過工程と組み合わせた方が更に好ましい。濾過工程によってセルロースエステル樹脂の精製度合いが更に向上する。
[filtration]
The method for producing the cellulose ester resin is more preferably combined with a filtration step. The degree of purification of the cellulose ester resin is further improved by the filtration step.

 組み合わせる濾過工程は、アシル化工程の開始から沈殿工程の前のいずれかにおいて、セルロースエステルにカルボン酸を添加した溶液を濾過する方法が好ましい。 The combined filtration step is preferably a method of filtering a solution obtained by adding a carboxylic acid to a cellulose ester, either before the start of the acylation step or before the precipitation step.

 セルロースエステル溶液の濾過については公知の様々な濾過装置を用いることができる。すなわち、濾過機としては大別すると連続濾過機と回分加圧濾過機に分けることができ、連続濾過機としてはベルト式、多重円板式、スクリュウ圧搾式、フィルタープレス式などに分けることができ、回分加圧濾過機としてはリーフ式、キャンドル式などが挙げることができる。 Various known filtration devices can be used for filtering the cellulose ester solution. That is, it can be divided into a continuous filter and a batch pressure filter when roughly classified as a filter, and as a continuous filter, it can be divided into a belt type, a multiple disk type, a screw press type, a filter press type, etc. Examples of the batch pressure filter include a leaf type and a candle type.

 フィルタープレス装置や、ペーパーフィルター装置、リーフフィルター装置、ドラムフィルター装置、プリコートフィルター装置などを用いることができる。工業的に最も有利な物はフィルタープレス装置であり、このフィルタープレス装置にプリコートをして使用する形態でも良い。フィルタープレス装置の一例を挙げれば60センチ角程度のプレートを40から50枚用いそれぞれのプレートには網が付けられており、網の間には濾紙や綿布が設置さえる形態のものである。これらのフィルタープレス装置を複数台用いて、多段に濾過をするものでも良い。濾過材としては、金属焼結フィルター、金属不織布フィルター、綿布フィルター、紙フィルターなどを用いても良い。 A filter press device, a paper filter device, a leaf filter device, a drum filter device, a precoat filter device, or the like can be used. The industrially most advantageous product is a filter press device, and the filter press device may be precoated and used. As an example of the filter press apparatus, 40 to 50 plates of about 60 cm square are used, and each plate is provided with a net, and filter paper or cotton cloth is installed between the nets. A plurality of these filter press apparatuses may be used for filtration in multiple stages. As the filter medium, a sintered metal filter, a non-woven metal filter, a cotton cloth filter, a paper filter, or the like may be used.

 フィルタープレス式であれば、使用する濾材は天然繊維であっても、合成繊維であっても用いることができる。濾過布に使用されている合成繊維の材質は、一般にポリプロピレン、ポリエステル(テトロン)、ナイロンを用いることができる。また、ビニロン、アクリル、サラン、なども溶媒によっては使用することができる。これら上記素材には、それぞれ材質上の特性を持っており、その特性に応じて使用することができる。天然繊維であれば綿が代表的な材質として挙げることができる。濾布に用いる原糸の種類としては、モノフィラメント、マルチフィラメント、スパン糸などが用いることができる。モノフィラメントを用いた場合にはケーキ剥離性が優れ、目詰まりも少ないが微小粒子の補足性が劣るという欠点がある。またマルチフィラメントを用いた場合には最も強いフィルタークロスが得られ、かつケーキ剥離性も良いという特徴がある。スパン糸の場合にはケーキ剥離が悪く、目詰まりがやや早くなる。またフィルタークロスの織組織としては、平織、綾織、朱子織があり、平織の場合には粒子の捕集性に優れるが目詰まりが早くなる。また綾織の場合には捕集性と目詰まりのバランスが取れたフィルタークロスが得られる。朱子織の場合には目詰まりが少ない物の、粒子の捕集性が悪くなる。前記セルロースエステルの製造方法においては平織、又は綾織のフィルタークロスが適している。 If it is a filter press type, the filter medium to be used can be a natural fiber or a synthetic fiber. In general, polypropylene, polyester (tetron), and nylon can be used as the material of the synthetic fiber used for the filter cloth. Vinylon, acrylic, saran, etc. can also be used depending on the solvent. Each of these materials has characteristics on the material and can be used according to the characteristics. If it is a natural fiber, cotton can be mentioned as a typical material. Monofilaments, multifilaments, spun yarns and the like can be used as the type of raw yarn used for the filter cloth. When a monofilament is used, the cake peelability is excellent and clogging is small, but there is a disadvantage that the fine particles are poorly captured. When multifilament is used, the strongest filter cloth is obtained and the cake peelability is good. In the case of spun yarn, cake peeling is poor and clogging is slightly faster. The filter cloth weave includes plain weave, twill weave, and satin weave. In the case of plain weave, particles are easily collected but clogging is accelerated. In the case of twill weave, a filter cloth having a good balance between trapping properties and clogging can be obtained. In the case of satin weaving, particles are less clogged, but the ability to collect particles is poor. A plain weave or twill filter cloth is suitable for the method for producing the cellulose ester.

 綿布フィルターでは、綿ネル(10号B、平織径20番単糸63本、緯10番単糸46本)、金巾(11号、平織径40番単糸100本、緯40番単糸98本)、厚綾織(26号、綾織、12番3号、64本、12番4号32本)などを用いても良い。紙フィルターでは、濾紙(300g/m)などを用いても良い。これらの濾材は組み合わせ(例えば第1濾材は綿ネル1濾紙、第2濾材は綿ネル2枚、金巾1枚、第3濾材は綿ネル1枚濾紙1枚金巾1枚)使用してもよい。 For cotton cloth filters, cotton flannel (No. 10B, 63 plain weave diameter 20 single yarns, 46 weft 10 single yarns), gold width (11, 100 plain weave diameter 40 single yarns, 98 weft 40 single yarns) ), Thick twill (26, twill, 12-3, 64, 12-4, 32) may be used. In the paper filter, filter paper (300 g / m 2 ) or the like may be used. These filter media may be used in combination (for example, the first filter media is one cotton flannel filter paper, the second filter media is two cotton flannels, one gold width, and the third filter media is one cotton flannel one filter paper, one gold width).

 濾材の保留粒径としては、1~50μmの範囲内が好ましく。2~20μmの範囲内がさらに好ましく、3~15μmの範囲内が最も好ましい。このような濾材を用いることで濾過性が改善され、生産性が向上する。 The retention particle size of the filter medium is preferably within the range of 1 to 50 μm. A range of 2 to 20 μm is more preferable, and a range of 3 to 15 μm is most preferable. By using such a filter medium, filterability is improved and productivity is improved.

 濾過工程での圧力は、濾過効率を考慮した上で適宜設定できる。具体的には、濾材は5から18気圧(例えば8~18気圧、例えば10~18気圧)の範囲内に加圧されていても良い。セルロースエステルを有機溶媒に溶解し、濾過した上で乾燥させ得られたセルロース混合脂肪酸エステル組成物の形状は糸状体であっても良い。セルロースエステルを有機溶媒に溶解して濾過する工程では濾過助剤として、カオリン、酸化チタン、クレイなどを用いても良い。濾過液は40~50℃の範囲内程度に保温されていても良い。濾材は5から18気圧(例えば8~18気圧、例えば10~18気圧)の範囲内に加圧されていても良い。濾過を一回ではなく複数回(例えば第1濾材は綿ネル1濾紙、第2濾材は綿ネル2枚、金巾1枚、第3濾材は綿ネル1枚濾紙1枚金巾一枚という濾材構成を用い、同一の構成で第1回の濾過は12~18気圧の範囲内、第2回の濾過は8~14気圧の範囲内、第3回の濾過は5~9気圧の範囲内)で行っても良い。同一の濾材構成を用いた場合には濾過圧力を第1回と第2回で変える(例えば第2回の濾過をより低圧の濾過圧力で行う)ものでもよい。 The pressure in the filtration step can be appropriately set in consideration of the filtration efficiency. Specifically, the filter medium may be pressurized within a range of 5 to 18 atmospheres (for example, 8 to 18 atmospheres, for example, 10 to 18 atmospheres). The shape of the cellulose mixed fatty acid ester composition obtained by dissolving cellulose ester in an organic solvent, filtering and drying may be a filament. In the step of dissolving cellulose ester in an organic solvent and filtering, kaolin, titanium oxide, clay, or the like may be used as a filter aid. The filtrate may be kept warm in the range of 40 to 50 ° C. The filter medium may be pressurized within a range of 5 to 18 atmospheres (for example, 8 to 18 atmospheres, for example, 10 to 18 atmospheres). Filtration multiple times instead of once (for example, the first filter medium is a cotton flannel 1 filter paper, the second filter medium is a cotton flannel 1 sheet, a gold width 1 sheet, the third filter medium is a cotton flannel 1 sheet of filter paper 1 sheet of a gold width 1 sheet) The first filtration is performed within the range of 12 to 18 atm, the second filtration is performed within the range of 8 to 14 atm, and the third filtration is performed within the range of 5 to 9 atm. May be. When the same filter medium configuration is used, the filtration pressure may be changed between the first time and the second time (for example, the second filtration is performed at a lower pressure).

 濾過に用いるフィルターの保留粒子サイズは、好ましくは1~30μmの範囲内であり、より好ましくは1~20μmの範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは2~20μmの範囲内である。フィルターの保留粒子サイズを0.1μm以上とすることにより、濾過圧が著しく上昇するのを抑止できる傾向にあり、工業的な生産も行いやすくなる。また、保留粒子サイズを30μm以下とすることにより、微小異物を除去できるため、前記沈殿工程と組み合わせると効果的である。また、濾過は保留粒子サイズの異なるフィルターを組み合わせて用いてもよい。 The retained particle size of the filter used for filtration is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 μm, more preferably in the range of 1 to 20 μm, and still more preferably in the range of 2 to 20 μm. By setting the retained particle size of the filter to 0.1 μm or more, it tends to be able to suppress a significant increase in the filtration pressure, and industrial production is also facilitated. Further, by setting the retained particle size to 30 μm or less, fine foreign matters can be removed, and therefore it is effective when combined with the precipitation step. Further, filtration may be performed by combining filters having different retention particle sizes.

 濾過の際の温度は、濾過が可能であれば任意の温度で行うことが可能であるが、好ましくは30~100℃の範囲内、より好ましくは35~80℃の範囲内、さらに好ましくは40~70℃の範囲内に加熱することにより溶液の粘度を低下させることができるため好ましい。 The temperature at the time of filtration can be any temperature as long as filtration is possible, but it is preferably in the range of 30 to 100 ° C., more preferably in the range of 35 to 80 ° C., still more preferably 40 Heating in the range of ˜70 ° C. is preferable because the viscosity of the solution can be lowered.

 また、濾過圧は0.001~10MPaの範囲内で行うことが好ましく、0.001~5MPaの範囲内で行うことがより好ましく、0.01~1MPaの範囲内で行うことがより好ましい。 Further, the filtration pressure is preferably within the range of 0.001 to 10 MPa, more preferably within the range of 0.001 to 5 MPa, and even more preferably within the range of 0.01 to 1 MPa.

 また、濾過助剤として、セライト(例えばセライト類〔ジョーンズ-マンビル スケールス社(Johns-Manville Sales Corp.社)製のFilter-Cel,Celite 505,Standard Super-Cel,Celite 512,Hyflo Super-Cel,Celite 501,Celite 503,Celite 535,Celite 545,Celite 560等〕、ダイカライト類〔グレフコ インコ ユーエスエー社(Grefco,Inco,U.S.A.社)製のSuperaid,UF,Speedflow,Special Speedflow,Speedplus,Speedex等)、ラジオライト類(昭和化学工業社製のRADIOLITE#100,RADIOLITE#200,RADIOLITE#500,RADIOLITE#600,RADIOLITE#700,RADIOLITE#900,RADIOLITE#1100,RADIOLITE#100)、層状粘土鉱物(好ましくは、タルク、マイカ、カオリナイト)、二酸化ケイ素微粒子(例えば、二酸化ケイ素微粒子(例えば、富士シリシア社製シリカゲル MB-300、MB-500、フジ・シリカゲルAB型、フジ・シリカゲルA型、フジ・シリカゲルRD型、BW-25K、Merck社のSilica Gel 40、Silica Gel 60、Silica Gel 100等)などを用いても良い。これらの濾過助剤は、セルロースエステル溶液に混合し、ケーク濾過を行っても良く、濾材の上にプレコートして、セルロースエステルが溶解した溶液を濾過してもよい。 In addition, as a filter aid, celite (for example, Filter-Cel, Celite 505, Standard Super-Cel, Celite 512, Hyflo Super-Cel, manufactured by Johns-Manville Sales Corp.) Celite 501, Celite 503, Celite 535, Celite 545, Celite 560, etc.), Dicalite [Superref, Specified Flow, Special Spec, made by Glefco, Inco, USA, Inc. (Grefco, Inco, USA) , Speedex, etc.), radio lights (RADIOLITE # manufactured by Showa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 00, RADIOLITE # 200, RADIOLITE # 500, RADIOLITE # 600, RADIOLITE # 700, RADIOLITE # 900, RADIOLITE # 1100, RADIOLITE # 100), layered clay mineral (preferably talc, mica, kaolinite), silicon dioxide fine particles ( For example, silicon dioxide fine particles (for example, silica gel MB-300, MB-500 manufactured by Fuji Silysia Co., Ltd., Fuji silica gel AB type, Fuji silica gel A type, Fuji silica gel RD type, BW-25K, Merck Silica Gel 40, (Silica Gel 60, Silica Gel 100, etc.) etc. These filter aids may be mixed with a cellulose ester solution and subjected to cake filtration. Pre-coated on the solution may be filtered cellulose ester is dissolved.

 (アルカリ金属、第2族元素)
 本発明の光学フィルムは、セルロースエステル中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量が各々1~150ppmの範囲内であることが高分子量体の生成、及びゲル状異物を低減する上で好ましい。なお、アルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量は、セルロースエステル中に含まれるアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の原子換算の質量の総計を意味する。
(Alkali metals, Group 2 elements)
In the optical film of the present invention, the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 1 to 150 ppm, respectively, from the viewpoint of generating a high molecular weight substance and reducing gelled foreign matter. In addition, content of an alkali metal or a Group 2 element means the total of the mass in terms of the atom of the alkali metal or Group 2 element contained in a cellulose ester.

 セルロースエステル中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量が1ppm未満である場合には、溶融製膜の際に生じる水素イオンの中和が不十分となり、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルの相溶性が悪化するおそれがある。一方、該含有量が150ppmを超える場合には、白濁が生じ、透明性が低下するおそれがある。 When the content of the alkali metal or group 2 element in the cellulose ester is less than 1 ppm, neutralization of hydrogen ions generated during melt film formation becomes insufficient, and the compatibility between the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester deteriorates. There is a risk. On the other hand, when the content exceeds 150 ppm, white turbidity may occur and transparency may be lowered.

 セルロースエステル中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量は、より好ましくは、面荒れを少なくできる点、及びゲル状異物を低減する上で、各々1~100質量ppmの範囲に制御することが好ましく、さらに好ましくは、各々1~50質量ppmの範囲である。 More preferably, the content of the alkali metal or group 2 element in the cellulose ester can be controlled within the range of 1 to 100 ppm by mass in terms of reducing surface roughness and reducing gelled foreign matter. More preferably, each is in the range of 1 to 50 ppm by mass.

 本発明において、セルロースエステル中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量は、下記の方法により測定することができる。 In the present invention, the content of alkali metal or group 2 element in the cellulose ester can be measured by the following method.

 まず、フィルムに含まれるセルロースエステルを抽出する。そして、セルロースエステル中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量を以下の原子吸光法により測定することができる。
(1)洗浄した50ml容量の磁性るつぼを2N硝酸水溶液中に1晩浸漬する。
(2)2N硝酸に漬けておいた磁性るつぼを純水で洗浄した後、超純水ですすぎ、乾燥器中で乾燥させる。
(3)フィルム試料2gを磁性るつぼに精秤する。
(4)電熱器上で磁性るつぼ中の試料を炭化させる。
(5)磁性るつぼを電気炉に入れ、500℃で約1時間、600℃で約1.5時間、灰化する。
(6)完全に白く灰化したら、電気炉を止め、そのまま炉中で放冷する。
(7)0.5N塩酸水溶液を磁性るつぼに10ml入れ、サンドバス上で加熱溶解する。(8)溶液を放冷後、50mlのメスフラスコに洗浄済みのロートを用いて移し、磁性るつぼを超純水で洗いこみメスアップする(塩酸濃度:0.1Nとなる)。
(9)標準液として、1000ppm濃度の標準液を0.1N塩酸水溶液で希釈し、0.1ppm、0.75ppm、1.5ppmの濃度で調製する。
(10)フレーム原子吸光にて測定する。
First, the cellulose ester contained in a film is extracted. And the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester can be measured by the following atomic absorption method.
(1) Immerse the washed 50 ml capacity magnetic crucible in 2N aqueous nitric acid solution overnight.
(2) A magnetic crucible soaked in 2N nitric acid is washed with pure water, rinsed with ultrapure water, and dried in a drier.
(3) A 2 g film sample is precisely weighed in a magnetic crucible.
(4) Carbonize the sample in the magnetic crucible on the electric heater.
(5) Place the magnetic crucible in an electric furnace and incinerate at 500 ° C. for about 1 hour and at 600 ° C. for about 1.5 hours.
(6) When the ash is completely white, stop the electric furnace and let it cool in the furnace.
(7) Put 10 ml of 0.5N hydrochloric acid aqueous solution in a magnetic crucible and dissolve by heating on a sand bath. (8) The solution is allowed to cool and then transferred to a 50 ml volumetric flask using a washed funnel, and the magnetic crucible is washed with ultrapure water to make up the volume (hydrochloric acid concentration: 0.1 N).
(9) As a standard solution, a standard solution having a concentration of 1000 ppm is diluted with a 0.1N hydrochloric acid aqueous solution and prepared at concentrations of 0.1 ppm, 0.75 ppm, and 1.5 ppm.
(10) Measured by flame atomic absorption.

 検量線は次の方法で作成した。検量線用の標準液は市販の原子吸光用標準液(和光純薬(株)製)を0.1Nの塩酸水溶液にて、0.1、0.75、1.5ppm濃度に、希釈調製し使用した。原子吸光装置は、島津製作所(株)製、商品名「AA-680」を使用した。 The calibration curve was created by the following method. The standard solution for the calibration curve was prepared by diluting a commercially available standard solution for atomic absorption (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) with 0.1N hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to a concentration of 0.1, 0.75, 1.5 ppm. used. As the atomic absorption device, a trade name “AA-680” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used.

 前記アルカリ金属は、Li、Na、K、Rb、Cs、Frからなる群から選択される少なくとも一つである。中でも好ましくは、加熱時の着色を抑制する点から、Li、Na、Kからなる群から選択される少なくとも一つであり、より好ましくは、Kを含む。 The alkali metal is at least one selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, and Fr. Among these, at least one selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, and K is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring during heating, and more preferably K is included.

 また、前記第2族元素は、Be、Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Raからなる群から選択される少なくとも一つである。中でも好ましくは、加熱時の着色を抑制する点から、Mg、Caからなる群から選択される少なくとも一つであり、より好ましくは、Mgを含む。 The group 2 element is at least one selected from the group consisting of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Ra. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of Mg and Ca is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring during heating, and more preferably Mg is included.

 これらのアルカリ金属、及び第2族元素はそれぞれ単一種を使用してもよいし、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、アルカリ金属と第2族元素とを併用してもよい。併用する場合の含有量は、フィルムに含まれる全てのアルカリ金属及び第2族元素の合計量とする。 These alkali metals and Group 2 elements may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Moreover, you may use together an alkali metal and a Group 2 element. When used in combination, the content is the total amount of all alkali metals and Group 2 elements contained in the film.

 前記アルカリ金属又は第2族元素は、1価又は2価の金属イオンとして、又は、無機塩若しくは有機脂肪酸塩の形態で、フィルム中に存在する。無機塩としては、アルカリ金属又は第2族元素のハロゲン化物、水酸化物、酸化物、硫酸塩、硝酸塩、ケイ酸塩等が挙げられる。このほか、アルカリ金属又は第2族元素を含む無機塩を主成分とする天然物(例えば、タルク(MgSi10(OH))等)や、合成された天然物様化合物(合成ハイドロタルサイト、例えばMgAl12(OH)16CO・4HO、Mg4.5Al12(OH)13CO・mHO(m=3~3.5)、Mg0.7l0.31.15等、合成ケイ酸マグネシウム(2MgO・6SiO・xHO))等も好適である。また、有機脂肪酸塩としては、酢酸塩、クエン酸塩、マレイン酸塩等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、Li,Na,K,Mg、Ca等の無機塩又は金属イオンの形態で存在することが好ましく、Na,Ca,Mgの無機塩又は金属イオン(Na、Ca2+、Mg2+)の形態で存在することが好ましい。 The alkali metal or Group 2 element is present in the film as a monovalent or divalent metal ion, or in the form of an inorganic salt or an organic fatty acid salt. Examples of the inorganic salt include alkali metal or group 2 element halides, hydroxides, oxides, sulfates, nitrates, silicates, and the like. In addition, natural products (for example, talc (Mg 3 Si 4 O 10 (OH) 2 ), etc.) containing an inorganic salt containing an alkali metal or a Group 2 element as a main component, or synthesized natural product-like compounds (synthesized) Hydrotalcite, for example Mg 6 Al 12 (OH) 16 CO 3 .4H 2 O, Mg 4.5 Al 12 (OH) 13 CO 3 .mH 2 O (m = 3 to 3.5), Mg 0.7 a l0.3 O 1.15, etc., synthetic magnesium silicate (2MgO · 6SiO 2 · xH 2 O)) and the like are also suitable. Examples of the organic fatty acid salt include acetate, citrate, maleate and the like. Among them, it is preferable to exist in the form of an inorganic salt or metal ion such as Li, Na, K, Mg, Ca, etc., and an inorganic salt or metal ion of Na, Ca, Mg (Na + , Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ ) It is preferable to exist in the form of

 セルロースエステル樹脂中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量の調整方法は特に制限されないが、例えば、塩を取り除いたセルロースエステル樹脂又はこれを含む樹脂組成物に、所望量の有機脂肪酸塩又は無機塩を含有させる(添加する)ことによって調整することができる。また、直接塩を添加するのではなく、セルロースエステル樹脂の製造工程における洗浄水として、各イオンを調整した水を使用し洗浄する方法が挙げられる。一般に水は、地下水、水道水を使用することから地域によってイオン含有量が異なるため、地域ごとにイオン量を計測し使用することが好ましい。塩の添加量を調整する;一度に全量添加するのではなく部分添加を行う(熟成工程での部分中和を繰り返す(連続的、又は間欠的に塩基を添加して中和を行う));回収再生品の使用量を調整する;又は各イオン量を調整した純水を選択し、洗浄を繰り返す;等により、セルロースエステル樹脂に含まれる上記金属の含有量を調整し、アルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量を所望の範囲とすることができる。 The method for adjusting the content of the alkali metal or the Group 2 element in the cellulose ester resin is not particularly limited. For example, a desired amount of organic fatty acid salt or inorganic is added to the cellulose ester resin from which salt is removed or a resin composition containing the same. It can be adjusted by adding (adding) a salt. Moreover, the method of wash | cleaning using the water which adjusted each ion as washing | cleaning water in the manufacturing process of a cellulose-ester resin instead of adding salt directly is mentioned. In general, since water uses ground water and tap water, the ion content varies depending on the region. Therefore, it is preferable to measure and use the ion amount for each region. Adjust the amount of salt to be added; perform partial addition instead of adding all at once (repeat partial neutralization in the aging step (neutralize by adding a base continuously or intermittently)); Adjust the content of the metal contained in the cellulose ester resin by adjusting the amount of the recovered and recycled product used; or by selecting pure water adjusted for each ion amount and repeating washing; The content of the group element can be set to a desired range.

 <アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との樹脂組成物>
 本発明に係る樹脂組成物における、前記アクリル樹脂と前記セルロースエステル樹脂との含有質量比率は、アクリル樹脂:セルロースエステル樹脂が、質量比で95:5~30:70の範囲内であることが光学フィルムの耐熱性向上の観点から必要であり、70:30~60:40の範囲内であることが好ましい。アクリル樹脂の含有割合が上記範囲であると、セルロースエステル樹脂の特性が十分に得られ、得られるフィルムの脆性が低く、光弾性係数も小さく好ましい。
<Resin composition of acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin>
In the resin composition according to the present invention, the content mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is such that the acrylic resin: cellulose ester resin has a mass ratio of 95: 5 to 30:70. This is necessary from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the film, and is preferably in the range of 70:30 to 60:40. When the content ratio of the acrylic resin is within the above range, the characteristics of the cellulose ester resin can be sufficiently obtained, and the resulting film has a low brittleness and a small photoelastic coefficient.

 前述の樹脂組成物には、アクリル樹脂やセルロースエステル樹脂以外にも、必要に応じて紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、可塑剤、位相差制御剤及び微粒子などの任意の成分がさらに含まれてもよい。 In addition to the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin, the resin composition described above may further contain optional components such as an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a plasticizer, a retardation control agent, and fine particles as necessary. Good.

 (紫外線吸収剤)
 紫外線吸収剤は、波長400nm以下の紫外線を吸収する化合物であり、好ましくは波長370nmでの透過率が10%以下、より好ましくは5%以下、さらに好ましくは2%以下である化合物である。
(UV absorber)
The ultraviolet absorber is a compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 400 nm or less, preferably a compound having a transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm of 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.

 紫外線吸収剤の光線透過率は、紫外線吸収剤を溶媒(例えばジクロロメタン、トルエンなど)に溶解した溶液を、常法により、分光光度計により測定することができる。分光光度計は、例えば、島津製作所社製の分光光度計UVIDFC-610、日立製作所社製の330型自記分光光度計、U-3210型自記分光光度計、U-3410型自記分光光度計、U-4000型自記分光光度計等を用いることができる。 The light transmittance of the ultraviolet absorber can be measured with a spectrophotometer by a conventional method using a solution obtained by dissolving the ultraviolet absorber in a solvent (for example, dichloromethane, toluene, etc.). The spectrophotometer is, for example, a spectrophotometer UVIDFC-610 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, a 330-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3210-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3410-type self-recording spectrophotometer, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. -4000 self-recording spectrophotometer or the like can be used.

 紫外線吸収剤は、オキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物及び無機粉体などであってよく、得られるフィルムの透明性を損なわないためには、好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤及びベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤であり、さらに好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤がより好ましい。 The ultraviolet absorber may be an oxybenzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, a salicylic acid ester compound, a benzophenone compound, a cyanoacrylate compound, a triazine compound, a nickel complex salt compound, an inorganic powder, etc. In order not to impair the transparency, benzotriazole-based UV absorbers and benzophenone-based UV absorbers are preferable, and benzotriazole-based UV absorbers are more preferable.

 紫外線吸収剤の具体例には、5-クロロ-2-(3,5-ジ-sec-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、(2-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン、2,4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン、チヌビン109、チヌビン171、チヌビン234、チヌビン326、チヌビン327、チヌビン328、チヌビン928(BASFジャパン株式会社製)などのチヌビン類が含まれる。 Specific examples of ultraviolet absorbers include 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)- 6- (Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, Tinuvin 109, Tinuvin 171, Tinuvin 234, Tinuvin 326, Tinuvin 327, Tinuvin Tinuvins such as 328 and Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) are included.

 紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、紫外線吸収剤の種類にもよるが、光学フィルムに対して0.5~10質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.6~4質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber depends on the type of the ultraviolet absorber, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10% by mass, and in the range of 0.6 to 4% by mass with respect to the optical film. More preferably.

 (酸化防止剤)
 溶融押出法でフィルムを製造する工程では、高温下で樹脂などのフィルム材料を溶融混練するため、樹脂などのフィルム材料が熱や酸素によって分解されやすい。そのような、樹脂などのフィルム材料の熱や酸素による分解を抑制するために、本発明に係る樹脂組成物は、安定化剤として酸化防止剤をさらに含むことが好ましい。
(Antioxidant)
In the process of producing a film by the melt extrusion method, since a film material such as a resin is melt-kneaded at a high temperature, the film material such as a resin is easily decomposed by heat or oxygen. In order to suppress such decomposition of a film material such as a resin due to heat or oxygen, the resin composition according to the present invention preferably further contains an antioxidant as a stabilizer.

 酸化防止剤の例には、フェノール系化合物、ヒンダードアミン系化合物、リン系化合物、不飽和二重結合を含有する化合物などが含まれる。フェノール系化合物の例には、2,6-ジアルキルフェノールの構造を有する化合物(例えば2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾールなど)が含まれる。フェノール系化合物の市販品の例には、BASFジャパン株式会社製Irganox1076、Irganox1010、株式会社ADEKA製アデカスタブAO-50などが含まれる。 Examples of antioxidants include phenolic compounds, hindered amine compounds, phosphorus compounds, compounds containing unsaturated double bonds, and the like. Examples of the phenolic compound include a compound having a 2,6-dialkylphenol structure (for example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol). Examples of commercially available phenolic compounds include Irganox 1076, Irganox 1010, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., and Adeka Stub AO-50, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation.

 リン系化合物の例には、トリス(2,4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)フォスファイト、ビス(2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェニル)ペンタエリスリトール-ジホスファイト等が含まれる。リン系化合物の市販品の例には、住友化学株式会社製SumilizerGP、株式会社ADEKA製ADK STAB PEP-24G、ADK STAB PEP-36及びADK STAB 3010、BASFジャパン株式会社製IRGAFOS P-EPQ、堺化学工業株式会社製GSY-P101などが含まれる。 Examples of phosphorus compounds include tris (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis (2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenyl) pentaerythritol-diphosphite, and the like. Examples of commercially available phosphorus compounds include Sumitizer GP manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP-24G manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP-36 and ADK STAB 3010, IRGAFOS P-EPQ manufactured by BASF Japan K.K. This includes GSY-P101 manufactured by Kogyo Corporation.

 ヒンダードアミン系化合物の例には、BASFジャパン株式会社製Tinuvin144及びTinuvin770、株式会社ADEKA製ADK STAB LA-52などが含まれる。これらの酸化防止剤は、一種類だけであってもよいし、二種類以上の混合物であってもよい。 Examples of hindered amine compounds include Tinuvin 144 and Tinuvin 770 manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., ADK STAB LA-52 manufactured by ADEKA Corp., and the like. These antioxidants may be only one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.

 不飽和二重結合を含有する化合物の例には、住友化学株式会社製Sumilizer GM、及びSumilizer GSなどが含まれる。 Examples of the compound containing an unsaturated double bond include Sumitizer GM and Sumilizer GS manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.

 酸化防止剤の含有量は、樹脂成分に対して質量割合で1ppm~2.0%の範囲内であることが好ましく、10ppm~1.0%であることがより好ましく、10ppm~0.1%の範囲内とすることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the antioxidant is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 2.0% by mass relative to the resin component, more preferably 10 ppm to 1.0%, and more preferably 10 ppm to 0.1%. More preferably, it is within the range.

 (微粒子(マット剤))
 微粒子は、得られる光学フィルムの表面の滑り性を高める機能を有する。微粒子は、無機微粒子であっても有機微粒子であってもよい。無機微粒子の例には、二酸化ケイ素や酸化ジルコニウムなどが含まれ、フィルムのヘイズの増大を少なくするためには、特に二酸化ケイ素が好ましい。
(Fine particles (matting agent))
The fine particles have a function of increasing the slipperiness of the surface of the obtained optical film. The fine particles may be inorganic fine particles or organic fine particles. Examples of the inorganic fine particles include silicon dioxide and zirconium oxide, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable in order to reduce an increase in the haze of the film.

 二酸化ケイ素の具体例には、アエロジル200V、アエロジルR972V、アエロジルR972、R974、R812、200、300、R202、OX50、TT600、NAX50(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)、シーホスターKEP-10、シーホスターKEP-30、シーホスターKEP-50(以上、株式会社日本触媒製)、サイロホービック100(富士シリシア製)、ニップシールE220A(日本シリカ工業製)、アドマファインSO(アドマテックス製)などが含まれる。 Specific examples of silicon dioxide include Aerosil 200V, Aerosil R972V, Aerosil R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, OX50, TT600, NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), Sea Hoster KEP-10, Sea Hoster KEP- 30, Seahoster KEP-50 (above, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), Silo Hovic 100 (manufactured by Fuji Silysia), Nip Seal E220A (manufactured by Nippon Silica Industry), Admafine SO (manufactured by Admatechs), and the like.

 微粒子の形状は、不定形、針状、扁平又は球状であり、得られるフィルムの透明性を確保するためには、球状であることが好ましい。 The shape of the fine particles is irregular, acicular, flat or spherical, and is preferably spherical in order to ensure the transparency of the resulting film.

 微粒子の一次粒子又はその凝集物の大きさは、十分な滑り性を得るためには、80~180nmの範囲であることが好ましい。微粒子の一次粒子又はその凝集物の大きさは、透過型電子顕微鏡にて倍率50~200万倍の範囲で粒子を観察し、粒子100個の粒子径の平均値として求めることができる。 The size of the primary particles of fine particles or aggregates thereof is preferably in the range of 80 to 180 nm in order to obtain sufficient slipperiness. The size of the primary particles of the fine particles or the aggregates thereof can be obtained as an average value of the particle diameters of 100 particles by observing the particles with a transmission electron microscope at a magnification of 500 to 2 million times.

 微粒子の含有量は、前述の樹脂成分に対して0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~1.0質量%であることがより好ましい。微粒子の含有量が5.0質量%超であると、凝集物を少なくすることができる。 The content of the fine particles is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.0% by mass with respect to the resin component described above. When the content of the fine particles is more than 5.0% by mass, aggregates can be reduced.

 <溶融流延製膜法による光学フィルムの製造方法>
 図5は、本発明に好ましい溶融流延製膜法の工程を模式的に示した図である。
<Method for producing optical film by melt casting method>
FIG. 5 is a diagram schematically showing the steps of the melt casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.

 図5において、本発明の光学フィルムの製造方法は、アクリル樹脂及びセルロースエステル樹脂等のフィルム材料を混合した後、押出機1を用いて、流延ダイ4から第1冷却ローラー5上に溶融押し出し、第1冷却ローラー5に外接させるとともに、更に、第2冷却ローラー7、第3冷却ローラー8の合計3本の冷却ローラーに順に外接させて、冷却固化してフィルム10とする。次いで、剥離ローラー9によって剥離したフィルム10を、次いで延伸装置12によりフィルムの両端部を把持して幅方向に延伸した後、巻取り装置16により巻き取る。また、平面性を矯正するために溶融フィルムを第1冷却ローラー5表面に挟圧する弾性タッチローラー6が設けられている。この弾性タッチローラー6は表面が弾性を有し、第1冷却ローラー5との間でニップを形成している。 In FIG. 5, the manufacturing method of the optical film of the present invention is such that after mixing film materials such as acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin, the extruder 1 is used to melt and extrude from the casting die 4 onto the first cooling roller 5. In addition to circumscribing the first cooling roller 5, the film is further circumscribed by a total of three cooling rollers, the second cooling roller 7 and the third cooling roller 8, in order to cool and solidify the film 10. Next, the film 10 peeled by the peeling roller 9 is then stretched in the width direction by gripping both ends of the film by the stretching device 12 and then wound by the winding device 16. In addition, an elastic touch roller 6 that clamps the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roller 5 is provided to correct the flatness. The elastic touch roller 6 has an elastic surface and forms a nip with the first cooling roller 5.

 押出機1は、溶融混練押出機であり、シリンダと、その内部に回転自在に設けられたスクリューとを有する。シリンダの供給口には、フィルムの材料を供給するためのホッパー(不図示)が設けられている。スクリューの形状は、フルフライト、マドック、ダルメージなどであってよく、溶融樹脂の粘度や必要とされるせん断力に応じて選択される。押出機1は、一軸押出機であっても、二軸押出機であってもよい。 Extruder 1 is a melt-kneading extruder, and has a cylinder and a screw rotatably provided therein. A hopper (not shown) for supplying film material is provided at the supply port of the cylinder. The shape of the screw may be full flight, mudock, dull mage, etc., and is selected according to the viscosity of the molten resin and the required shearing force. The extruder 1 may be a single screw extruder or a twin screw extruder.

 押出機1と流延ダイ4との間には、溶融樹脂をろ過するフィルター2がさらに設けられてもよい。フィルター2は、例えばリーフディスクタイプのフィルターでありうる。フィルターの濾過精度は、3~15μmであることが好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ステンレス鋼やその焼結物などであってよい。 A filter 2 for filtering the molten resin may be further provided between the extruder 1 and the casting die 4. The filter 2 can be, for example, a leaf disk type filter. The filtration accuracy of the filter is preferably 3 to 15 μm. The material of the filter may be stainless steel or a sintered product thereof.

 押出機1と流延ダイ4との間には、樹脂を均一に混合するためのスタティックミキサー3などの混合装置や、押出し流量を安定化するためのギアポンプ(不図示)などがさらに設けられてもよい。 Between the extruder 1 and the casting die 4, a mixing device such as a static mixer 3 for uniformly mixing the resin, a gear pump (not shown) for stabilizing the extrusion flow rate, and the like are further provided. Also good.

 流延ダイ4は、公知のものであってよく、Tダイなどである。流延ダイ4の材質は、ハードクロム、炭化クロムなどでありうる。流延ダイ4のリップクリアランスは、900μm以上が好ましく、さらに1~2mmの範囲が好ましい。 The casting die 4 may be a known one, such as a T die. The material of the casting die 4 can be hard chrome, chromium carbide or the like. The lip clearance of the casting die 4 is preferably 900 μm or more, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 2 mm.

 流延ダイ4の内壁面に、傷や可塑剤の凝結物などの異物が付着すると、押し出される溶融樹脂の表面にスジ状の欠陥(ダイライン)が生じることがある。ダイラインなどの表面欠陥を低減するためには、押出機1から流延ダイ4の先端までの内壁面には、樹脂の滞留部が付着しにくい構造にすること;例えば押出機1から流延ダイ4の先端までの内壁面には、傷などがないことが好ましい。 When foreign substances such as scratches and plasticizer aggregates adhere to the inner wall surface of the casting die 4, streaky defects (die lines) may occur on the surface of the extruded molten resin. In order to reduce surface defects such as a die line, a structure in which a resin staying portion is difficult to adhere to the inner wall surface from the extruder 1 to the tip of the casting die 4; The inner wall surface up to the tip of 4 is preferably free from scratches.

 押出機1や流延ダイ4などの内壁面は、溶融樹脂が付着しにくくするために、表面粗さを小さくする、又は表面エネルギーを低くする表面加工が施されていることが好ましい。そのような表面加工の例には、ハードクロムメッキやセラミック溶射した後、表面粗さ0.2S以下となるように研磨する加工が含まれる。 The inner wall surfaces of the extruder 1 and the casting die 4 are preferably subjected to surface processing for reducing the surface roughness or reducing the surface energy in order to make the molten resin difficult to adhere. Examples of such surface processing include processing for polishing to have a surface roughness of 0.2 S or less after hard chrome plating or ceramic spraying.

 冷却ローラー5、7及び8は、高剛性の金属ローラーであり、内部に温度制御可能な媒体を流通できる構造を有する。冷却ローラー5、7、及び8の表面の材質は、ステンレス、アルミニウム、チタンなどでありうる。冷却ローラー5、7及び8の表面には、樹脂を剥離しやすくしたりするためなどから、ハードクロムメッキなどの表面処理を施してもよい。冷却ローラー5、7及び8の表面の算術平均粗さRaは、得られるフィルムのヘイズを低く維持するために、0.1μm以下とすることが好ましく、0.05μm以下とすることがより好ましい。 The cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 are high-rigidity metal rollers and have a structure in which a temperature-controllable medium can be circulated. The surface material of the cooling rollers 5, 7, and 8 can be stainless steel, aluminum, titanium, or the like. The surface of the cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 may be subjected to a surface treatment such as hard chrome plating in order to facilitate the peeling of the resin. The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surfaces of the cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 is preferably 0.1 μm or less, and more preferably 0.05 μm or less in order to keep the haze of the resulting film low.

 弾性タッチローラー6は、冷却ローラー5と対向して配置されている。そして、流延ダイ4から押し出された溶融樹脂が、冷却ローラー5と弾性タッチローラー6とでニップされるようになっている。弾性タッチローラー6は、特開平03-124425号、特開平08-224772号、特開平07-100960号などに記載の、薄膜金属スリーブで被覆されたシリコンゴムローラーなどが用いられる。 The elastic touch roller 6 is disposed to face the cooling roller 5. The molten resin extruded from the casting die 4 is nipped between the cooling roller 5 and the elastic touch roller 6. As the elastic touch roller 6, a silicon rubber roller covered with a thin film metal sleeve described in JP-A-03-124425, JP-A-08-224772, JP-A-07-1000096 and the like is used.

 延伸装置12は、特に制限されないが、ローラー延伸機、テンター延伸機などが好ましく用いられる。ローラー延伸機とテンター延伸機とを組み合わせてもよい。テンター延伸機は、予熱ゾーン、延伸ゾーン、保持ゾーン、冷却ゾーンを有するものが好ましく、各ゾーン間に、各ゾーン間を断熱するためのニュートラルゾーンをさらに有するものが好ましい。 The stretching apparatus 12 is not particularly limited, but a roller stretching machine, a tenter stretching machine, or the like is preferably used. A roller stretching machine and a tenter stretching machine may be combined. The tenter stretching machine preferably has a preheating zone, a stretching zone, a holding zone, and a cooling zone, and preferably has a neutral zone for insulating between the zones.

 次に、フィルムの製造装置を用いて光学フィルムを得るステップを説明する。光学フィルムは、例えば前述の樹脂組成物からなるペレットを準備する工程(ペレット化工程);ペレットを含むフィルム材料を、押出機1にて溶融混練した後、流延ダイ4から押し出す工程(溶融押出工程);押し出された溶融樹脂を冷却固化してフィルムを得る工程(冷却固化工程);フィルムを延伸する工程(延伸工程)、を経て得ることができる。 Next, the step of obtaining an optical film using a film manufacturing apparatus will be described. The optical film is, for example, a step of preparing pellets made of the resin composition described above (pelletizing step); a step of melt-kneading the film material containing the pellets with the extruder 1 and then extruding from the casting die 4 (melt extrusion) Step); a step of obtaining a film by cooling and solidifying the extruded molten resin (cooling and solidification step); and a step of stretching the film (stretching step).

 (ペレット化工程)
 前述のアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルとを含有する樹脂組成物は、あらかじめ混練してペレット化しておくことが好ましい。ペレット化は、公知の方法で行うことができ、例えば前述の樹脂組成物を押出機にて溶融混錬した後、ダイからストランド状に押し出す。ストランド状に押し出された溶融樹脂を、水冷又は空冷した後、カッティングしてペレットを得ることができる。
(Pelletization process)
The resin composition containing the acrylic resin and cellulose ester is preferably kneaded and pelletized in advance. Pelletization can be performed by a known method. For example, the above resin composition is melt-kneaded with an extruder and then extruded from a die in a strand shape. The molten resin extruded in a strand form can be cooled with water or air, and then cut to obtain pellets.

 ペレットの原材料は、分解を防止するために、押出機1に供給する前に乾燥しておくことが好ましい。例えば、セルロースエステルは吸湿しやすいため、70~140℃で3時間以上乾燥させて、水分率を200ppm以下、好ましくは100ppm以下にしておくことが好ましい。 The raw material of the pellet is preferably dried before being supplied to the extruder 1 in order to prevent decomposition. For example, since the cellulose ester easily absorbs moisture, it is preferable to dry it at 70 to 140 ° C. for 3 hours or more so that the water content is 200 ppm or less, preferably 100 ppm or less.

 酸化防止剤と樹脂成分との混合は、固体同士で混合してもよいし;溶剤に溶解させた酸化防止剤を、樹脂成分に含浸させて混合してもよいし;酸化防止剤を、樹脂成分に噴霧して混合してもよい。真空ナウターミキサーなどが、原材料の乾燥と混合を同時に行うことができるので好ましい。また、押出機1のホッパー付近や流延ダイ4の出口付近の雰囲気は、ペレットの原材料の劣化を防止するためなどから、除湿した空気又はNガスなどの雰囲気とすることが好ましい。 The mixture of the antioxidant and the resin component may be mixed with each other; the antioxidant dissolved in the solvent may be impregnated with the resin component; and the antioxidant may be mixed with the resin. The ingredients may be sprayed and mixed. A vacuum nauter mixer or the like is preferable because the raw materials can be dried and mixed at the same time. The atmosphere in the vicinity of the hopper of the extruder 1 and in the vicinity of the exit of the casting die 4 is preferably an atmosphere of dehumidified air or N 2 gas in order to prevent deterioration of the raw material of the pellet.

 押出機1では、樹脂の劣化(分子量の低下、着色の増加、高分子量体やゲル状異物の生成など)が生じないように、低いせん断力又は低い温度で混練することが好ましい。例えば、二軸押出機で混練する場合、深溝タイプのスクリューを用いて、2つのスクリューの回転方向を同方向にすることが好ましい。均一に混錬するためには、2つのスクリュー形状が互いに噛み合うようにすることが好ましい。 In the extruder 1, it is preferable to knead at a low shearing force or at a low temperature so as not to cause deterioration of the resin (decrease in molecular weight, increase in coloration, generation of high molecular weight bodies or gel-like foreign matters, etc.). For example, when kneading with a twin-screw extruder, it is preferable to use a deep groove type screw and to rotate the two screws in the same direction. In order to knead uniformly, it is preferable that two screw shapes mesh with each other.

 樹脂組成物をペレット化せずに、溶融混練していない樹脂組成物をそのまま原料として押出機1にて溶融混練して光学フィルムを製造してもよい。 Instead of pelletizing the resin composition, an optical film may be produced by melting and kneading the resin composition that has not been melt-kneaded as a raw material in the extruder 1 as it is.

 (溶融押出し工程)
 得られた溶融ペレットと、必要に応じて他の添加剤とを、ホッパーから押出機に供給する。ペレットの供給は、ペレットの酸化分解を防止するためなどから、真空下、減圧下又は不活性ガス雰囲気下で行うことが好ましい。そして、押出機1にて、溶融ペレットを含むフィルム材料を溶融混練する。
(Melt extrusion process)
The obtained molten pellets and other additives as required are fed from the hopper to the extruder. The supply of pellets is preferably performed under vacuum, reduced pressure, or inert gas atmosphere in order to prevent oxidative decomposition of the pellets. Then, in the extruder 1, the film material containing the molten pellet is melt-kneaded.

 押出機1内のフィルム材料の溶融温度は、フィルム材料の種類にもよるが、フィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとしたときに、好ましくはTg~(Tg+100)℃の範囲内であり、より好ましくは(Tg+10)~(Tg+90)℃の範囲内である。押出機1でのフィルム材料の滞留時間は、5分以下とすることが好ましい。滞留時間は、スクリューの回転数や溝の深さ、シリンダの内径(D)に対するシリンダの長さ(L)の比であるL/Dなどによって調整することができる。 Although the melting temperature of the film material in the extruder 1 depends on the type of the film material, it is preferably in the range of Tg to (Tg + 100) ° C., more preferably when the glass transition temperature of the film is Tg. It is within the range of (Tg + 10) to (Tg + 90) ° C. The residence time of the film material in the extruder 1 is preferably 5 minutes or less. The residence time can be adjusted by the number of rotations of the screw, the depth of the groove, L / D which is the ratio of the cylinder length (L) to the cylinder inner diameter (D), and the like.

 押出機1から押し出された溶融樹脂を、必要に応じてフィルター2などでろ過した後、スタティックミキサー3などでさらに混合して、流延ダイ4からフィルム状に押し出す。流延ダイ4の出口部分における樹脂の溶融温度Tmは200~300℃程度としうる。 The molten resin extruded from the extruder 1 is filtered with a filter 2 or the like as necessary, and further mixed with a static mixer 3 or the like, and extruded from a casting die 4 into a film. The melting temperature Tm of the resin at the exit portion of the casting die 4 can be about 200 to 300.degree.

 (冷却固化工程)
 ダイから押し出された樹脂を、冷却ローラー5と弾性タッチローラー6とでニップして、フィルム状の溶融樹脂を所定の厚さにする。そして、フィルム状の溶融樹脂を、複数の冷却ローラー7及び8で段階的に冷却して固化させる。
(Cooling solidification process)
The resin extruded from the die is nipped between the cooling roller 5 and the elastic touch roller 6 so that the film-like molten resin has a predetermined thickness. Then, the film-like molten resin is cooled stepwise with a plurality of cooling rollers 7 and 8 and solidified.

 冷却ローラー5の表面温度Tr1は、得られるフィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとしたとき、Tg以下としうる。第2冷却ローラー7の表面温度Tr2は、(Tg-50)℃≦Tr2≦Tg℃としうる。弾性タッチローラー6側のフィルム表面温度Ttは、(Tr1-50)℃≦Tt≦(Tr1-5)℃としうる。 The surface temperature Tr1 of the cooling roller 5 can be Tg or less, where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the resulting film. The surface temperature Tr2 of the second cooling roller 7 can be (Tg−50) ° C. ≦ Tr2 ≦ Tg ° C. The film surface temperature Tt on the elastic touch roller 6 side can be (Tr1-50) ° C. ≦ Tt ≦ (Tr1-5) ° C.

 冷却ローラー5、7及び8で固化させたフィルム状の溶融樹脂を、剥離ローラー9で剥離してウェブを得る。フィルム状の溶融樹脂を剥離する際は、得られるウェブの変形を防止するために、張力を調整することが好ましい。 The film-shaped molten resin solidified by the cooling rollers 5, 7 and 8 is peeled by the peeling roller 9 to obtain a web. When peeling the film-like molten resin, it is preferable to adjust the tension in order to prevent deformation of the resulting web.

 (延伸工程)
 得られたウェブを、延伸装置12にて延伸してフィルムを得る。延伸は、少なくとも一方向に延伸すればよく、ウェブの幅方向(TD方向)とウェブの搬送方向(MD方向)の両方に延伸することが好ましい。
(Stretching process)
The obtained web is stretched by the stretching device 12 to obtain a film. The stretching may be performed in at least one direction, and is preferably performed in both the web width direction (TD direction) and the web conveyance direction (MD direction).

 ウェブの幅方向(TD方向)とウェブの搬送方向(MD方向)の両方に延伸する場合、ウェブの幅方向(TD方向)の延伸とウェブの搬送方向(MD方向)の延伸とは、逐次的に行ってもよいし、同時に行ってもよい。 When stretching in both the web width direction (TD direction) and the web conveyance direction (MD direction), the web width direction (TD direction) stretching and the web conveyance direction (MD direction) stretching are sequential. Or may be performed simultaneously.

 延伸倍率は、各方向に1.01~3.0倍、好ましくは1.1~2.0倍としうる。ウェブの幅方向(TD方向)とウェブの搬送方向(MD方向)の両方に延伸する場合、各方向に最終的に1.01~3.0倍、好ましくは1.1~2.0倍とすることが好ましい。 The draw ratio may be 1.01 to 3.0 times, preferably 1.1 to 2.0 times in each direction. When stretching in both the web width direction (TD direction) and the web conveyance direction (MD direction), the final direction is 1.01 to 3.0 times, preferably 1.1 to 2.0 times in each direction. It is preferable to do.

 延伸温度は、Tg~(Tg+50)℃で行うことが好ましい。延伸温度は、ウェブの幅方向(TD方向)又は搬送方向(MD方向)に均一であることが好ましく、ウェブの延伸温度の幅方向又は搬送方向のばらつきが±2℃以下であることが好ましく、±1℃以下であることがより好ましく、±0.5℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The stretching temperature is preferably Tg to (Tg + 50) ° C. The stretching temperature is preferably uniform in the width direction of the web (TD direction) or the transport direction (MD direction), and the variation in the width direction or transport direction of the web stretching temperature is preferably ± 2 ° C. or less, The temperature is more preferably ± 1 ° C. or less, and further preferably ± 0.5 ° C. or less.

 延伸後に得られるフィルムのリターデーションを調整したり、寸法変化を少なくしたりするために、必要に応じて、延伸後に得られるフィルムを搬送方向(MD方向)又は幅方向(TD方向)に収縮させてもよい。延伸後に得られるフィルムを搬送方向(MD方向)に収縮させるには、例えば幅方向に把持したクリップを解除して、搬送方向に弛緩させたり;隣り合うクリップの間隔を搬送方向に徐々に狭くして搬送方向に弛緩させたりすればよい。 In order to adjust the retardation of the film obtained after stretching or reduce dimensional change, the film obtained after stretching is shrunk in the transport direction (MD direction) or the width direction (TD direction) as necessary. May be. To shrink the film obtained after stretching in the transport direction (MD direction), for example, release the clip gripped in the width direction and loosen it in the transport direction; gradually reduce the interval between adjacent clips in the transport direction. To relax in the transport direction.

 得られる光学フィルムの幅は、1.3~4mの範囲であることが好ましく、1.4~3.0mの範囲であることがより好ましい。 The width of the obtained optical film is preferably in the range of 1.3 to 4 m, and more preferably in the range of 1.4 to 3.0 m.

 得られる光学フィルムにおける、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の合計含有量は、光学フィルムに対して55質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましく、70質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。 The total content of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin in the obtained optical film is preferably 55% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more with respect to the optical film. More preferably.

 前述のとおり、本発明に係るアクリル樹脂は、重量平均分子量Mwが一定以下であり、かつ未反応のモノマー、ラジカル重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤などの残留成分の含有量が一定量以下に調整されているため、該アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを溶融混練する際の、樹脂の高分子量体の生成が低減されうる。そのため、光学フィルムを薄膜にしても面荒れが発生しない。 As described above, in the acrylic resin according to the present invention, the weight average molecular weight Mw is not more than a certain value, and the content of residual components such as unreacted monomers, radical polymerization initiators or chain transfer agents is adjusted to be not more than a certain amount. Therefore, the production of a high molecular weight resin can be reduced when the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin are melt-kneaded. Therefore, even if the optical film is a thin film, surface roughness does not occur.

 <光学フィルムの物性>
 (膜厚)
 光学フィルムの厚さは、特に限定はされないが、10~35μmの範囲であることが好ましく、10~30μmの範囲であることがより好ましく、15~25μmの範囲であることが、軽量な薄膜光学フィルムを供する上で特に好ましい。
<Physical properties of optical film>
(Film thickness)
The thickness of the optical film is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 35 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 30 μm, and in the range of 15 to 25 μm It is particularly preferable for providing a film.

 (位相差)
 光学フィルムの面内方向のリターデーション値Roは0~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、0~250nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rtは-100~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、-50~50nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。リターデーション値は、例えばアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステルの含有比率や、延伸条件などによって調整されうる。
(Phase difference)
The retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction of the optical film is preferably in the range of 0 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 0 to 250 nm. The retardation value Rt in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of −100 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of −50 to 50 nm. The retardation value can be adjusted by, for example, the content ratio of acrylic resin and cellulose ester, stretching conditions, and the like.

 リターデーション値Ro及びRtは、それぞれ以下の式で表される。 Retardation values Ro and Rt are represented by the following formulas, respectively.

 式(I)  Ro=(n-n)×d
 式(II)  Rt={(n+n)/2-n}×d
 (n:フィルム面内の遅相軸方向の屈折率、n:フィルム面内において、遅相軸に対して直交する方向の屈折率、n:厚さ方向におけるフィルムの屈折率、d:フィルムの厚さ(nm))
 リターデーション値Ro及びRtは、例えば以下の方法によって求めることができる。
Formula (I) Ro = (n x -n y) × d
Formula (II) Rt = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d
(N x: the slow axis direction of the refractive index of the film plane, n y: the film plane, the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis, n z: refractive index of the film in the thickness direction, d : Film thickness (nm)
The retardation values Ro and Rt can be determined by the following method, for example.

 (1)フィルムの平均屈折率を屈折計により測定する。 (1) The average refractive index of the film is measured with a refractometer.

 (2)温度23℃、相対湿度55%RHの環境下、王子計測機器社製KOBRA-21AWRにより、フィルム法線方向からの波長590nmの光を入射させたときの面内方向のリターデーション値Roを測定する。 (2) Retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction when light having a wavelength of 590 nm is incident from the normal direction of the film by KOBRA-21AWR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Measure.

 (3)王子計測機器社製KOBRA-21AWRにより、フィルム法線方向に対してθの角度(入射角(θ))から波長590nmの光を入射させたときのリターデーション値R(θ)を測定する。θは0°よりも大きく、好ましくは30°~50°の範囲である。 (3) Retardation value R (θ) when light having a wavelength of 590 nm is incident from the angle θ (incident angle (θ)) with respect to the film normal direction by using KOBRA-21AWR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments. To do. θ is greater than 0 °, preferably in the range of 30 ° to 50 °.

 (4)測定されたRo及びR(θ)と、前述の平均屈折率と膜厚とから、王子計測機器社製KOBRA-21AWRにより、nx、ny及びnzを算出し、Rtを算出する。 (4) From the measured Ro and R (θ) and the above-mentioned average refractive index and film thickness, nx, ny and nz are calculated by KOBRA-21AWR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments, and Rt is calculated.

 光学フィルムの面内遅相軸とフィルムの幅方向とのなす角θ1(配向角)は、-5°以上+5°以下であることが好ましく、-1°以上+1°以下であることがより好ましい。光学フィルムの配向角θ1の測定は、自動複屈折計KOBRA-21AWR(王子計測機器)を用いて測定することができる。 The angle θ1 (orientation angle) formed by the in-plane slow axis of the optical film and the width direction of the film is preferably −5 ° or more and + 5 ° or less, and more preferably −1 ° or more and + 1 ° or less. . The orientation angle θ1 of the optical film can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21AWR (Oji Scientific Instruments).

 (ヘイズ)
 光学フィルムの、JIS K-7136に準拠して測定されるヘイズは、1.0%未満であることが好ましく、0.2%以下であることがより好ましく、0.1%以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.05%以下であることが特に好ましい。光学フィルムのヘイズを低くするためには、前述したとおり、例えばアクリル樹脂に含まれる残留成分の量を一定以下とし、本発明に好ましい精製セルロースエステル樹脂を用いてゲル状異物の発生を抑制することが好ましい。
(Haze)
The haze of the optical film measured in accordance with JIS K-7136 is preferably less than 1.0%, more preferably 0.2% or less, and 0.1% or less. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 0.05% or less. In order to reduce the haze of the optical film, as described above, for example, the amount of residual components contained in the acrylic resin is set to a certain level or less, and the generation of gel-like foreign matters is suppressed by using a purified cellulose ester resin preferable for the present invention. Is preferred.

 光学フィルムのヘイズは、JIS K-7136に準拠した方法;具体的には、以下の方法で測定することができる。 The haze of the optical film can be measured by a method based on JIS K-7136; specifically, the following method can be used.

 (1)得られた光学フィルムを、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH下で5時間以上調湿する。その後、フィルムの表面に付着したホコリなどをブロワーなどで除去する。 (1) The obtained optical film is conditioned at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH for 5 hours or more. Thereafter, dust attached to the surface of the film is removed with a blower or the like.

 (2)次いで、光学フィルムのヘイズを、23℃55%RHの条件下にて、ヘイズメーター(濁度計)(型式:NDH 2000、日本電色工業(株)製)にて測定する。ヘイズメーターの光源は、5V9Wのハロゲン球とし、受光部は、シリコンフォトセル(比視感度フィルター付き)としうる。 (2) Next, the haze of the optical film is measured with a haze meter (turbidimeter) (model: NDH 2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) under the condition of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. The light source of the haze meter may be a 5V9W halogen sphere, and the light receiving part may be a silicon photocell (with a relative visibility filter).

 (透過率)
 光学フィルムの全光線透過率は、90%以上であることが好ましく、93%以上であることがより好ましい。全光線透過率は、分光光度計により測定することができる。分光光度計は、例えば、島津製作所社製の分光光度計UVIDFC-610、日立製作所社製の330型自記分光光度計、U-3210型自記分光光度計、U-3410型自記分光光度計、U-4000型自記分光光度計等を用いることができる。
(Transmittance)
The total light transmittance of the optical film is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more. The total light transmittance can be measured with a spectrophotometer. The spectrophotometer is, for example, a spectrophotometer UVIDFC-610 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, a 330-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3210-type self-recording spectrophotometer, a U-3410-type self-recording spectrophotometer, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. -4000 self-recording spectrophotometer or the like can be used.

 (ガラス転移温度)
 光学フィルムのガラス転移温度は、110~200℃の範囲であることが好ましく、120~190℃の範囲であることがより好ましい。光学フィルムのガラス転移温度は、JIS K7121(1987)に準拠した方法で測定することができる。具体的には、示差走査熱量測定器(Perkin Elmer社製DSC-7型)を用いて、光学フィルムを昇温速度20℃/分で昇温させたときの、中間点ガラス転移温度(Tmg)として測定することができる。
(Glass-transition temperature)
The glass transition temperature of the optical film is preferably in the range of 110 to 200 ° C, and more preferably in the range of 120 to 190 ° C. The glass transition temperature of the optical film can be measured by a method based on JIS K7121 (1987). Specifically, using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-7 manufactured by Perkin Elmer), the glass transition temperature (Tmg) when the optical film was heated at a heating rate of 20 ° C./min. Can be measured as

 (透湿度)
 光学フィルムの、JIS Z 0208に準拠して測定される40℃、90%RHにおける透湿度は、200~1500(g/(m・24hr))の範囲であることが好ましく、400~1200(g/(m・24hr))の範囲であることがより好ましい。光学フィルムの透湿度を低下させるためには、例えばアクリル樹脂の含有割合を高めればよい。
(Moisture permeability)
The moisture permeability of the optical film at 40 ° C. and 90% RH measured in accordance with JIS Z 0208 is preferably in the range of 200 to 1500 (g / (m 2 · 24 hr)), and is preferably 400 to 1200 ( g / (m 2 · 24 hr)) is more preferable. In order to reduce the moisture permeability of the optical film, for example, the content ratio of the acrylic resin may be increased.

 <偏光板>
 本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光子に貼合され偏光板を作製するのに好適である。
<Polarizing plate>
The optical film of the present invention is suitable for bonding to a polarizer to produce a polarizing plate.

 (偏光子作製)
 偏光子は、一定方向の偏波面の光のみを通過させる素子である。偏光子の代表的な例は、ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムであり、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと、二色性染料を染色させたものと、がある。
(Polarizer production)
A polarizer is an element that allows only light having a polarization plane in a certain direction to pass therethrough. A typical example of the polarizer is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, and there are one in which a polyvinyl alcohol-based film is dyed with iodine and one in which a dichroic dye is dyed.

 偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムを一軸延伸した後、ヨウ素又は二色性染料で染色して得られるフィルムであってもよいし、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムをヨウ素又は二色性染料で染色した後、一軸延伸したフィルム(好ましくはさらにホウ素化合物で耐久性処理を施したフィルム)であってもよい。偏光子の厚さは、5~30μmの範囲であることが好ましく、10~20μmの範囲であることがより好ましい。 The polarizer may be a film obtained by uniaxially stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film and then dyeing with iodine or a dichroic dye, or after dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol film with iodine or a dichroic dye, A uniaxially stretched film (preferably a film further subjected to durability treatment with a boron compound) may be used. The thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 20 μm.

 ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムは、ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を製膜したものであってもよい。ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムは、偏光性能及び耐久性能に優れ、色斑が少ないなどことから、エチレン変性ポリビニルアルコールフィルムが好ましい。エチレン変性ポリビニルアルコールフィルムの例には、特開2003-248123号公報、特開2003-342322号公報等に記載されたエチレン単位の含有量1~4モル%、重合度2000~4000、けん化度99.0~99.99モル%のフィルムが含まれる。また、特開2011-100161号公報、特許第4691205号公報、特許第4804589号公報に記載の方法で偏光子を作製し、本発明の光学フィルムと貼り合わせて偏光板を作製することが好ましい。 The polyvinyl alcohol film may be a film formed from a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. The polyvinyl alcohol film is preferably an ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film because it is excellent in polarizing performance and durability performance and has few color spots. Examples of the ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film include an ethylene unit content of 1 to 4 mol%, a degree of polymerization of 2000 to 4000, and a degree of saponification of 99 described in JP-A Nos. 2003-248123 and 2003-342322. 0.0-99.99 mol% film is included. In addition, it is preferable to prepare a polarizer by the method described in JP 2011-1000016 A, JP 4691205 A, and JP 4804589 A, and laminate the polarizer with the optical film of the present invention.

 二色性色素の例には、アゾ系色素、スチルベン系色素、ピラゾロン系色素、トリフェニルメタン系色素、キノリン系色素、オキサジン系色素、チアジン系色素及びアントラキノン系色素などが含まれる。 Examples of dichroic dyes include azo dyes, stilbene dyes, pyrazolone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, quinoline dyes, oxazine dyes, thiazine dyes and anthraquinone dyes.

 (偏光板作製)
 本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に直接配置されてもよいし、他のフィルム又は層を介して配置されてもよい。
(Preparation of polarizing plate)
The optical film of the present invention may be disposed directly on at least one surface of the polarizer, or may be disposed via another film or layer.

 偏光子の一方の面に本発明の光学フィルムが配置されている場合、偏光子の他方の面には、本発明の光学フィルム以外の保護フィルム(その他の保護フィルム)が配置されてもよい。その他の保護フィルムは、特に制限されず、通常のセルロースエステルフィルムなどであってよい。セルロースエステルフィルムの市販品の例には、市販のセルロースエステルフィルム(例えば、コニカミノルタタック KC8UX、KC5UX、KC4UX、KC8UCR3、KC4SR、KC4BR、KC4CR、KC4DR、KC4FR、KC4KR、KC8UY、KC6UY、KC4UY、KC4UE、KC8UE、KC8UY-HA、KC2UA、KC4UA、KC6UAKC、2UAH、KC4UAH、KC6UAH、以上コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー(株)製)が好ましく用いられる。 When the optical film of the present invention is disposed on one surface of the polarizer, a protective film (other protective film) other than the optical film of the present invention may be disposed on the other surface of the polarizer. Other protective films are not particularly limited, and may be ordinary cellulose ester films and the like. Examples of commercially available cellulose ester films include commercially available cellulose ester films (for example, Konica Minoltak KC8UX, KC5UX, KC4UX, KC8UCR3, KC4SR, KC4BR, KC4CR, KC4DR, KC4FR, KC4KR, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC4UY, CC6UY KC8UE, KC8UY-HA, KC2UA, KC4UA, KC6UAKC, 2UAH, KC4UAH, KC6UAH, and above, manufactured by Konica Minolta Advanced Layer Co., Ltd.) are preferably used.

 偏光板は、通常、偏光子と、前述の光学フィルムとを貼り合わせるステップを経て得ることができる。貼り合わせに用いられる接着剤の例には、完全ケン化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液などが好ましく用いられる。 The polarizing plate can be usually obtained through a step of bonding a polarizer and the above-described optical film. As an example of the adhesive used for bonding, a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution or the like is preferably used.

 また、本発明の光学フィルムと偏光子との貼り合わせは、活性エネルギー線硬化性接着剤などを用いて貼り合わせることもできるが、得られる接着剤層の弾性率が高く、偏光板の変形を抑制しやすい点などから、光硬化性接着剤を用いる貼り合わせであることが好ましい。 In addition, the optical film of the present invention and the polarizer can be bonded together using an active energy ray-curable adhesive or the like, but the resulting adhesive layer has a high elastic modulus and deforms the polarizing plate. From the viewpoint of easy suppression, it is preferable to use a photocurable adhesive.

 光硬化性接着剤の好ましい例としては、特開2011-028234号公報に開示されているような、(α)カチオン重合性化合物、(β)光カチオン重合開始剤、(γ)380nmより長い波長の光に極大吸収を示す光増感剤、及び(δ)ナフタレン系光増感助剤の各成分を含有する光硬化性接着剤組成物が挙げられる。ただし、これ以外の光硬化性接着剤が用いられてもよい。 Preferred examples of the photocurable adhesive include (α) cationic polymerizable compound, (β) photocationic polymerization initiator, and (γ) a wavelength longer than 380 nm, as disclosed in JP 2011-08234 A. And a photo-curable adhesive composition containing each component of a photosensitizer exhibiting maximum absorption in the light of (δ) and a naphthalene-based photosensitization aid. However, other photocurable adhesives may be used.

 以下、光硬化性接着剤を用いた偏光板の製造方法の一例を説明する。偏光板は、(1)光学フィルムの偏光子を接着する面を易接着処理する前処理工程、(2)偏光子と光学フィルムとの接着面のうち少なくとも一方に、下記の光硬化性接着剤を塗布する接着剤塗布工程、(3)得られた接着剤層を介して偏光子と光学フィルムとを貼り合せる貼合工程、及び4)接着剤層を介して偏光子と光学フィルムとが貼り合わされた状態で接着剤層を硬化させる硬化工程、を含む製造方法によって製造することができる。(1)の前処理工程は、必要に応じて実施すればよい。 Hereinafter, an example of a method for producing a polarizing plate using a photocurable adhesive will be described. The polarizing plate includes (1) a pretreatment step for easily adhering the surface of the optical film to which the polarizer is bonded, and (2) at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film. (3) A bonding step of bonding the polarizer and the optical film through the obtained adhesive layer, and 4) A polarizer and the optical film are bonded through the adhesive layer. It can manufacture by the manufacturing method including the hardening process which hardens an adhesive bond layer in the match | combined state. What is necessary is just to implement the pre-processing process of (1) as needed.

 (前処理工程)
 前処理工程では、光学フィルムの、偏光子との接着面に易接着処理を行う。偏光子の両面にそれぞれ光学フィルムを接着させる場合は、それぞれの光学フィルムの、偏光子との接着面に易接着処理を行う。易接着処理としては、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理等が挙げられる。
(Pretreatment process)
In the pretreatment step, an easy adhesion treatment is performed on the adhesive surface of the optical film with the polarizer. When bonding an optical film to both surfaces of a polarizer, easy adhesion processing is performed on the bonding surface of each optical film with the polarizer. Examples of the easy adhesion treatment include corona treatment and plasma treatment.

 (接着剤塗布工程)
 接着剤塗布工程では、偏光子と光学フィルムとの接着面のうち少なくとも一方に、上記光硬化性接着剤を塗布する。偏光子又は光学フィルムの表面に直接光硬化性接着剤を塗布する場合、その塗布方法に特別な限定はない。例えば、ドクターブレード、ワイヤーバー、ダイコーター、カンマコーター、グラビアコーター等、種々の塗工方式が利用できる。また、偏光子と光学フィルムの間に、光硬化性接着剤を流延させた後、ローラー等で加圧して均一に押し広げる方法も利用できる。
(Adhesive application process)
In the adhesive application step, the photocurable adhesive is applied to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film. When the photocurable adhesive is directly applied to the surface of the polarizer or the optical film, the application method is not particularly limited. For example, various coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used. Moreover, after casting a photocurable adhesive between a polarizer and an optical film, the method of pressurizing with a roller etc. and spreading uniformly can also be utilized.

 (貼合工程)
 こうして光硬化性接着剤を塗布した後、貼合工程に供される。この貼合工程では、例えば、先の塗布工程で偏光子の表面に光硬化性接着剤を塗布した場合、そこに光学フィルムが重ね合わされる。先の塗布工程で光学フィルムの表面に光硬化性接着剤を塗布した場合は、そこに偏光子が重ね合わされる。また、偏光子と光学フィルムの間に光硬化性接着剤を流延させた場合は、その状態で偏光子と光学フィルムとが重ね合わされる。偏光子の両面に光学フィルムを接着する場合であって、両面とも光硬化性接着剤を用いる場合は、偏光子の両面にそれぞれ、光硬化性接着剤を介して光学フィルムが重ね合わされる。そして通常は、この状態で両面(偏光子の片面に光学フィルムを重ね合わせた場合は、偏光子側と光学フィルム側、また偏光子の両面に光学フィルムを重ね合わせた場合は、その両面の光学フィルム側)からローラー等で挟んで加圧することになる。ローラーの材質は、金属やゴム等を用いることが可能である。両面に配置されるローラーは、同じ材質であってもよいし、異なる材質であってもよい。
(Bonding process)
Thus, after apply | coating a photocurable adhesive agent, it uses for a bonding process. In this bonding step, for example, when a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the polarizer in the previous application step, an optical film is superimposed thereon. When a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the optical film in the previous application step, a polarizer is superimposed thereon. In addition, when a photocurable adhesive is cast between the polarizer and the optical film, the polarizer and the optical film are superposed in that state. In the case where the optical film is bonded to both surfaces of the polarizer, and the photocurable adhesive is used on both surfaces, the optical film is superimposed on the both surfaces of the polarizer via the photocurable adhesive. Usually, in this state, both sides (if the optical film is superimposed on one side of the polarizer, the polarizer side and the optical film side, and if the optical film is superimposed on both sides of the polarizer, The film is pressed with a roller or the like from the film side). As the material of the roller, metal, rubber or the like can be used. The rollers arranged on both sides may be made of the same material or different materials.

 (硬化工程)
 硬化工程では、未硬化の光硬化性接着剤に活性エネルギー線を照射して、エポキシ化合物やオキセタン化合物を含む接着剤層を硬化させる。それにより、光硬化性接着剤を介して重ね合わせた偏光子と光学フィルムとを接着させる。偏光子の片面に光学フィルムを貼合する場合、活性エネルギー線は、偏光子側又は光学フィルム側のいずれから照射してもよい。また、偏光子の両面に光学フィルムを貼合する場合、偏光子の両面にそれぞれ光硬化性接着剤を介して光学フィルムを重ね合わせた状態で、いずれか一方の光学フィルム側から活性エネルギー線を照射し、両面の光硬化性接着剤を同時に硬化させるのが有利である。
(Curing process)
In the curing step, the active energy ray is irradiated to the uncured photocurable adhesive to cure the adhesive layer containing the epoxy compound or the oxetane compound. Thereby, the overlapped polarizer and the optical film are bonded via the photocurable adhesive. When bonding an optical film to the single side | surface of a polarizer, you may irradiate an active energy ray from either a polarizer side or an optical film side. Moreover, when bonding an optical film on both surfaces of a polarizer, an active energy ray is applied from either one of the optical films in a state where the optical film is superimposed on both surfaces of the polarizer via a photocurable adhesive. It is advantageous to irradiate and simultaneously cure the photocurable adhesive on both sides.

 活性エネルギー線としては、可視光線、紫外線、X線、電子線等を用いることができ、取扱いが容易で硬化速度も十分であることから、一般的には、電子線又は紫外線が好ましく用いられる。 As the active energy rays, visible rays, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, electron beams and the like can be used, and since they are easy to handle and have a sufficient curing rate, electron beams or ultraviolet rays are generally preferably used.

 電子線の照射条件は、前記接着剤を硬化しうる条件であれば、任意の適切な条件を採用できる。例えば、電子線照射は、加速電圧が好ましくは5~300kVの範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは10~250kVの範囲内である。加速電圧が5kV未満の場合、電子線が接着剤まで届かず硬化不足となるおそれがあり、加速電圧が300kVを超えると、試料を通る浸透力が強すぎて電子線が跳ね返り、光学フィルムや偏光子にダメージを与えるおそれがある。照射線量としては、5~100kGyの範囲内、さらに好ましくは10~75kGyの範囲内である。照射線量が5kGy未満の場合は、接着剤が硬化不足となり、100kGyを超えると、透明光学フィルムや偏光子にダメージを与え、機械的強度の低下や黄変を生じ、所定の光学特性を得ることができない。 Any appropriate conditions can be adopted as the electron beam irradiation conditions as long as the adhesive can be cured. For example, in the electron beam irradiation, the acceleration voltage is preferably in the range of 5 to 300 kV, more preferably in the range of 10 to 250 kV. When the acceleration voltage is less than 5 kV, the electron beam may not reach the adhesive and may be insufficiently cured. When the acceleration voltage exceeds 300 kV, the penetrating force through the sample is too strong and the electron beam rebounds, and an optical film or polarized light. There is a risk of damaging the child. The irradiation dose is in the range of 5 to 100 kGy, more preferably in the range of 10 to 75 kGy. When the irradiation dose is less than 5 kGy, the adhesive becomes insufficiently cured, and when it exceeds 100 kGy, the transparent optical film and the polarizer are damaged, resulting in a decrease in mechanical strength and yellowing, thereby obtaining predetermined optical characteristics. I can't.

 紫外線の照射条件は、前記接着剤を硬化しうる条件であれば、任意の適切な条件を採用できる。紫外線の照射量は積算光量で50~1500mJ/cmの範囲内であることが好ましく、100~500mJ/cmの範囲内であるのがさらに好ましい。 Arbitrary appropriate conditions can be employ | adopted for the irradiation conditions of an ultraviolet-ray, if it is the conditions which can harden the said adhesive agent. Preferably the dose of ultraviolet rays in the range of 50 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2 in accumulated light amount, and even more preferably in the range of within the range of 100 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.

 <液晶表示装置>
 液晶表示装置は、液晶セルと、それを挟持する一対の偏光板と、を有する。そして、一対の偏光板のうち少なくとも一方が本発明の光学フィルムを有する偏光板であり、より好ましくは一対の偏光板の両方が本発明の光学フィルムを有する偏光板である。
<Liquid crystal display device>
The liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal cell and a pair of polarizing plates that sandwich the liquid crystal cell. And at least one is a polarizing plate which has the optical film of this invention among a pair of polarizing plates, More preferably, both of a pair of polarizing plates are polarizing plates which have the optical film of this invention.

 液晶セルの表示方式は、特に制限されず、TN(Twisted Nematic)方式、STN(Super Twisted Nematic)方式、IPS(In-Plane Switching)方式、OCB(Optically Compensated Birefringence)方式、VA(Vertical Alignment)方式(MVA;Multi-domain Vertical AlignmentやPVA;Patterned Vertical Alignmentも含む)、HAN(Hybrid Aligned Nematic)方式等がある。視野角が比較的広いなどの観点からは、IPS方式などが好ましく、コントラストが高いなどの観点からは、VA方式などが好ましい。 The display method of the liquid crystal cell is not particularly limited, and is a TN (Twisted Nematic) method, an STN (Super Twisted Nematic) method, an IPS (In-Plane Switching) method, an OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence Ventilation method). (MVA: Multi-domain Vertical Alignment and PVA; including Patterned Vertical Alignment), HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic), etc. From the viewpoint of a relatively wide viewing angle, the IPS system is preferable, and from the viewpoint of high contrast, the VA system is preferable.

 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass" or "mass%" is represented.

 1.光学フィルム材料の準備
 (A)アクリル樹脂
 アクリル樹脂の原料となるモノマーを以下に示す。
1. Preparation of optical film material (A) Acrylic resin Monomers that serve as raw materials for the acrylic resin are shown below.

 メチルメタクリレート(MMA):旭化成ケミカルズ(株)
 アクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO):(株)興人製
 (合成例1)
 前述のモノマー材料を用いて、図4に示されるフローに従ってアクリル樹脂を合成した。即ち、図4に示されるように、10Lの触媒溶解槽(SUS304、パドル翼撹拌機付、ジャケット付)に、メチルメタクリレート(MMA)とアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)を、MMAが88.8質量%、ACMOが11.2質量%となるように(トータルでの仕込みモル比がMMA/ACMO=85/15となるように)投入し;重合開始剤として2,2′-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオニトリル)(AIBN)を、後述の触媒液と単量体混合液に含まれるモノマー成分の合計量に対して0.262質量%となるように投入した。これらの成分を撹拌混合し、AIBNを完全に溶解させて触媒液とした。触媒溶解槽内の温度が5℃となるように、ジャケットに冷媒を通して調整した。得られた触媒液を、ポンプで1.47kg/Hrの流量で、10Lの重合反応器(SUS304、ヘルカルリボン翼撹拌機付、ジャケット付)に連続的に送液した。
Methyl methacrylate (MMA): Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation
Acryloylmorpholine (ACMO): manufactured by Kojin Co., Ltd. (Synthesis Example 1)
An acrylic resin was synthesized according to the flow shown in FIG. 4 using the monomer material described above. That is, as shown in FIG. 4, methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO) are added to a 10 L catalyst dissolution tank (SUS304, with paddle blade agitator, with jacket), MMA is 88.8% by mass, Charged so that ACMO is 11.2% by mass (so that the total charge molar ratio is MMA / ACMO = 85/15); 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropio) as a polymerization initiator Nitrile) (AIBN) was added in an amount of 0.262% by mass based on the total amount of monomer components contained in the catalyst solution and monomer mixture described below. These components were mixed with stirring, and AIBN was completely dissolved to obtain a catalyst solution. A refrigerant was adjusted through the jacket so that the temperature in the catalyst dissolution tank was 5 ° C. The obtained catalyst solution was continuously fed to a 10 L polymerization reactor (SUS304, with a helical ribbon blade agitator, with a jacket) at a flow rate of 1.47 kg / Hr by a pump.

 一方、20Lの単量体調合槽(SUS304、パドル翼撹拌機付、ジャケット付)に、メチルメタクリレート(MMA)とアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)を、MMAが88.8質量%、ACMOが11.2質量%となるように投入し;連鎖移動剤としてn-オクチルメルカプタンを、前述の触媒液と単量体混合液に含まれるモノマー成分の合計量に対して0.137質量%となるようにさらに投入し、これらの成分を撹拌混合した。単量体調合槽内の温度が5℃となるように、ジャケットに冷媒を通して調整した。得られた単量体混合液を、ポンプで13.279kg/hrの流量で、前述の重合反応器に送液した。 On the other hand, in a 20 L monomer preparation tank (SUS304, with paddle blade stirrer, with jacket), methyl methacrylate (MMA) and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO) are contained, MMA is 88.8 mass%, and ACMO is 11.2 mass. The n-octyl mercaptan as a chain transfer agent was further added to 0.137% by mass with respect to the total amount of monomer components contained in the catalyst solution and the monomer mixture. These components were mixed with stirring. The refrigerant was adjusted through the jacket so that the temperature in the monomer preparation tank was 5 ° C. The obtained monomer mixed solution was fed to the aforementioned polymerization reactor by a pump at a flow rate of 13.279 kg / hr.

 重合反応器の下部から、前述の触媒液と単量体混合液とを投入し、平均滞留時間26分間、温度175℃±2℃にて、平均重合率56質量%となるまで重合反応させて、液状の重合体組成物を得た。その後、得られた液状の重合体組成物を重合反応器上部から取り出して、加熱器(内径16.7mm×長さ3m、ジャケット付)に送液した。 From the lower part of the polymerization reactor, the catalyst solution and the monomer mixture are added, and the polymerization reaction is carried out at an average residence time of 26 minutes at a temperature of 175 ° C. ± 2 ° C. until an average polymerization rate of 56% by mass. A liquid polymer composition was obtained. Thereafter, the obtained liquid polymer composition was taken out from the upper part of the polymerization reactor and fed to a heater (inner diameter 16.7 mm × length 3 m, with jacket).

 加熱器において、液状の重合体組成物を20kg/cmG、200℃まで加熱ししながら、得られた重合体組成物を脱揮押出機に送液した。脱揮押出機は、(株)日本製鋼所製の二軸押出機(TEX-30)、異方向回転方式、スクリュー径30mm、シリンダの長さ1200mm、リアーベント1個、フォアベント3個のものを用いた。脱揮押出機の各ベントは減圧とし、シリンダ温度は250℃程度として液状の重合体組成物を脱揮処理して、未反応モノマーを主成分とする揮発分をベントから取り出した。取り出した未反応モノマーは、単量体回収塔(内径100mm、長さ3m、SUS304、3/8インチSUS製ラシヒリング充填塔、濃縮部長さ0.7m、回収部長さ0.3m)に回収した。 The obtained polymer composition was fed to a devolatilizing extruder while heating the liquid polymer composition to 20 kg / cm 2 G and 200 ° C. in a heater. The devolatilizing extruder is a twin screw extruder (TEX-30) manufactured by Nippon Steel Co., Ltd., different direction rotation method, screw diameter 30 mm, cylinder length 1200 mm, 1 rear vent, 3 fore vents. Using. Each vent of the devolatilizing extruder was evacuated, the cylinder temperature was about 250 ° C., the liquid polymer composition was devolatilized, and volatile components mainly composed of unreacted monomers were taken out from the vent. The taken-out unreacted monomer was recovered in a monomer recovery tower (inner diameter 100 mm, length 3 m, SUS304, 3/8 inch SUS Raschig ring packed tower, concentration section length 0.7 m, recovery section length 0.3 m).

 得られた溶融状態の重合体をストランド状に押し出し、水冷した後、切断してペレットを得た。このようにして、アクリル樹脂A1を平均13.5kg/hrの速度で得た。 The obtained polymer in a molten state was extruded into a strand shape, cooled with water, and then cut to obtain pellets. Thus, acrylic resin A1 was obtained at an average rate of 13.5 kg / hr.

 得られたアクリル樹脂A1に残留するモノマー、重合開始剤及び連鎖移動剤の含有量を、以下の方法で測定した。即ち、アクリル樹脂0.1gを、2mlのアセトンに溶解させて超音波処理を30分間行った。この溶液に、内部標準成分としてエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを50ppm添加した後、ヘキサンで10mlとなるまでメスアップして、サンプル溶液とした。このサンプル溶液に含まれるモノマー、重合開始剤及び連鎖移動剤の含有量を、GC/MSによりそれぞれ測定した。GC/MSの測定装置と測定条件は、以下のとおりとした。 The contents of the monomer, polymerization initiator and chain transfer agent remaining in the obtained acrylic resin A1 were measured by the following method. That is, 0.1 g of acrylic resin was dissolved in 2 ml of acetone and sonicated for 30 minutes. To this solution, 50 ppm of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether as an internal standard component was added, and then diluted to 10 ml with hexane to obtain a sample solution. The contents of the monomer, polymerization initiator, and chain transfer agent contained in this sample solution were measured by GC / MS. The GC / MS measurement apparatus and measurement conditions were as follows.

 機器:HP 6890GC / HP5973MSD (Hewlett-Packard社製)
 カラム:J&W社製 DB-624(0.25mmi.d.×30ML.)
 オーブンプログラム:40℃(3min)-20℃/min-230℃(8min)
 Inj:160℃
 AUX:250℃
 (合成例2~6)
 残留するモノマーの含有量が表1に示される範囲内となるように、脱揮押出機のベントからの揮発成分(モノマーを含む)の排気量と、重合反応器での重合温度又は重合時間を変更した以外は合成例1と同様にしてアクリル樹脂A2~A6を得た。
Equipment: HP 6890GC / HP5973MSD (manufactured by Hewlett-Packard)
Column: DB-624 (0.25 mm. × 30 ML.) Manufactured by J & W
Oven program: 40 ° C (3min) -20 ° C / min-230 ° C (8min)
Inj: 160 ° C
AUX: 250 ° C
(Synthesis Examples 2 to 6)
Exhaust amount of volatile components (including monomer) from the vent of the devolatilizing extruder and polymerization temperature or polymerization time in the polymerization reactor so that the content of the remaining monomer is within the range shown in Table 1. Acrylic resins A2 to A6 were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except for the changes.

 ただし、アクリル樹脂A2は残留未反応モノマーの含有量を50ppmまで低減しようと試みたが、低減は困難であった。 However, the acrylic resin A2 tried to reduce the content of residual unreacted monomer to 50 ppm, but it was difficult to reduce it.

 (合成例7~10)
 残留する重合開始剤の含有量が表1に示される範囲内となるように、触媒調合槽への重合開始剤の仕込み量と、重合反応器での重合温度又は重合時間を変更した以外は合成例1と同様にしてアクリル樹脂A7~A10を得た。
(Synthesis Examples 7 to 10)
Synthesis was performed except that the amount of the polymerization initiator charged into the catalyst preparation tank and the polymerization temperature or polymerization time in the polymerization reactor were changed so that the content of the remaining polymerization initiator was within the range shown in Table 1. In the same manner as in Example 1, acrylic resins A7 to A10 were obtained.

 ただし、アクリル樹脂A7は残留重合開始剤の含有量を5ppmまで低減しようと試みたが、低減は困難であった。 However, the acrylic resin A7 tried to reduce the content of the residual polymerization initiator to 5 ppm, but it was difficult to reduce.

 (合成例11~14)
 残留する連鎖移動剤の含有量が表1に示される範囲内となるように、単量体調合槽への連鎖移動剤の仕込み量と、重合反応器での重合温度又は重合時間を変更した以外は合成例1と同様にしてアクリル樹脂A11~A14を得た。
(Synthesis Examples 11 to 14)
Other than changing the charge amount of the chain transfer agent to the monomer preparation tank and the polymerization temperature or polymerization time in the polymerization reactor so that the content of the remaining chain transfer agent is within the range shown in Table 1 Acrylic resins A11 to A14 were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1.

 ただし、アクリル樹脂A11は残留連鎖移動剤の含有量を5ppmまで低減しようと試みたが、低減は困難であった。 However, although the acrylic resin A11 tried to reduce the content of the residual chain transfer agent to 5 ppm, the reduction was difficult.

 (合成例15、16)
 アクリル樹脂のモノマー組成を表1に示されるように変更した以外は合成例1と同様にしてアクリル樹脂A15、A16を得た。
(Synthesis Examples 15 and 16)
Acrylic resins A15 and A16 were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the monomer composition of the acrylic resin was changed as shown in Table 1.

 (合成例17~22)
 得られるアクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)が表1に示される範囲内となるように、ラジカル重合開始剤の仕込み量及び重合反応器での重合時間を変更した以外は合成例1と同様にしてアクリル樹脂A17~A22を得た。
(Synthesis Examples 17 to 22)
The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the amount of radical polymerization initiator charged and the polymerization time in the polymerization reactor were changed so that the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resulting acrylic resin was within the range shown in Table 1. Thus, acrylic resins A17 to A22 were obtained.

 ただし、アクリル樹脂A22は残留未反応モノマーの含有量を50ppm、残留重合開始剤の含有量を5ppm、残留連鎖移動剤の含有量を5ppmまで低減しようと試みたが、低減は困難であった。 However, the acrylic resin A22 tried to reduce the content of residual unreacted monomer to 50 ppm, the content of residual polymerization initiator to 5 ppm, and the content of residual chain transfer agent to 5 ppm, but it was difficult to reduce.

 得られたアクリル樹脂の組成と物性を表1にまとめた。 The composition and physical properties of the acrylic resin obtained are summarized in Table 1.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 (B)セルロースエステル樹脂
 下記のセルロースエステル樹脂の合成で用いる原料セルロースエステルA~Eのアセチル基置換度、プロピオニル基置換度、ブチリル基置換度及び重量平均分子量(Mw)を表2に示す。なお、表2に記載のセルロースエステルは下記の商品として購入又は合成した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
(B) Cellulose Ester Resin Table 2 shows the acetyl group substitution degree, propionyl group substitution degree, butyryl group substitution degree, and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of raw material cellulose esters A to E used in the synthesis of the following cellulose ester resins. In addition, the cellulose ester of Table 2 was purchased or synthesize | combined as the following goods.

 A:CAP381-20(イーストマンケミカル社製)
 B:DAC L50(ダイセル化学工業製)
 C:SCAP(公知の方法により合成した。)
 D:CAP504-0.2(イーストマンケミカル社製)
 E:CAP482-0.5(イーストマンケミカル社製)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 (セルロースエステルB1の合成)
 20gのセルロースエステルA(原料セルロースエステル)に、セルロースエステル溶液の溶媒として18gの水、100gのアセトン及び100gのTHFを加え、50℃で撹拌して溶解し、セルロースエステル溶液を調製した。 A: CAP381-20 (Eastman Chemical)
B: DAC L50 (Daicel Chemical Industries)
C: SCAP (synthesized by a known method)
D: CAP504-0.2 (Eastman Chemical)
E: CAP482-0.5 (Eastman Chemical)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
(Synthesis of cellulose ester B1)
To 20 g of cellulose ester A (raw material cellulose ester), 18 g of water, 100 g of acetone and 100 g of THF were added as a solvent for the cellulose ester solution and dissolved by stirring at 50 ° C. to prepare a cellulose ester solution.

 なお、表3に、上記の原料セルロースエステル、その質量、セルロースエステル溶液の溶媒、その質量及び溶解温度を示した。 In Table 3, the raw material cellulose ester, its mass, the solvent of the cellulose ester solution, its mass and dissolution temperature are shown.

 上記により調製したセルロースエステル溶液に、滴下温度25℃で、水100g、アセトン50g及びTHF50gからなる貧溶媒を、2時間かけて滴下した。 A poor solvent composed of 100 g of water, 50 g of acetone and 50 g of THF was dropped into the cellulose ester solution prepared as described above at a dropping temperature of 25 ° C. over 2 hours.

 滴下終了後、25℃で2時間撹拌を行い、析出している粒状固体をろ過した。ろ液のpHが7になるまで純水で洗浄した後、60℃で乾燥することにより、セルロースエステル樹脂B1を得た。 After completion of dropping, the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours, and the precipitated granular solid was filtered. The filtrate was washed with pure water until the pH of the filtrate became 7, and then dried at 60 ° C. to obtain a cellulose ester resin B1.

 表4に、上記の貧溶媒、滴下温度、滴下時間及び撹拌時間を示した。 Table 4 shows the poor solvent, the dropping temperature, the dropping time, and the stirring time.

 (セルロースエステルB2~B6の合成)
 セルロースエステルB1において、原料セルロースエステル、その質量(g)、セルロースエステル溶液の溶媒、溶解温度、貧溶媒温度条件、その滴下温度・時間及び撹拌時間を表3及び表4に示した様に変更したほかは同様の操作を行い、表3及び表4に示したセルロースエステルB2~B6を得た。
(Synthesis of cellulose esters B2 to B6)
In cellulose ester B1, the raw material cellulose ester, its mass (g), the solvent of the cellulose ester solution, the dissolution temperature, the poor solvent temperature condition, its dropping temperature / time and stirring time were changed as shown in Table 3 and Table 4. Otherwise, the same operation was performed to obtain cellulose esters B2 to B6 shown in Tables 3 and 4.

 なお溶媒に酢酸を用いた場合には、濾過後、濾液のpHが温度23℃測定で7になるまで純水で洗浄する操作を行った。 When acetic acid was used as the solvent, after filtration, the filtrate was washed with pure water until the pH of the filtrate became 7 as measured at a temperature of 23 ° C.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 (SP値の数値sとa値)
 表3、表4に示したセルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値を、Polymer Hand Book (Second Edition)第IV章 Solubility Parameter Valuesより求め、その数値をsとした。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
(SP value numerical value s and a value)
The SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent shown in Tables 3 and 4 was determined from Polymer Hand Book (Second Edition) Chapter IV, Solubility Parameter Values, and the value was taken as s.

 また、表2記載のセルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数tを用いて、下記式(1)よりa値を求めた。 Further, the a value was obtained from the following formula (1) using the total number of acyl groups carbon t per glucose unit of the cellulose ester shown in Table 2.

 式(1)a=s+0.8t
(式中、sは、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値であり、tは、セルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数である。上記0.8tは、SP値に対するアシル基の寄与に関する項である。)
 上記a値は下記式(2)を満たすことが晶析物形状を制御する上で好ましい。
Formula (1) a = s + 0.8t
(In the formula, s is the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent, and t is the total number of acyl group carbon atoms per glucose unit of the cellulose ester. 0.8t above) Is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.)
The a value preferably satisfies the following formula (2) for controlling the crystallized product shape.

 式(2)31≦a≦40
 (晶析物形状の評価)
 得られた晶析物全量の篩がけを行い、15mmの篩目開きの篩に留まる晶析物の質量の、晶析物全質量に対する割合を算出し、晶析物形状の評価とした。篩に留まる晶析物が少ないほど良好な形状の晶析物が得られセルロースエステル樹脂が精製されるといえる。
Formula (2) 31 ≦ a ≦ 40
(Evaluation of crystallized shape)
The total amount of the obtained crystallized product was sieved, and the ratio of the mass of the crystallized product remaining on the 15 mm sieve with respect to the total mass of the crystallized product was calculated to evaluate the crystallized product shape. It can be said that the smaller the amount of crystallized matter remaining on the sieve, the better the crystallized product having a better shape and the more refined cellulose ester resin.

 結果を表5に示す。 The results are shown in Table 5.

 (アルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量)
 上記の方法によりアルカリ金属の種類と含有量、第2族元素の種類と含有量を測定した。結果を表5に示す。
(Alkali metal or Group 2 element content)
The type and content of alkali metal and the type and content of Group 2 element were measured by the above methods. The results are shown in Table 5.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 2.光学フィルムの作製
 (実施例1)
 下記成分を、真空ナウターミキサーにて80℃、1Torrの条件下で3時間混合しながら乾燥させて、混合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
2. Production of optical film (Example 1)
The following components were dried in a vacuum nauter mixer with mixing at 80 ° C. and 1 Torr for 3 hours to obtain a mixture.

 <混合物の組成>
 (樹脂組成物)
 合成例1で得られたアクリル樹脂A1(90℃で3時間乾燥させて水分率1000ppmとしたもの)                      65質量部
 セルロースエステルB6                 35質量部
 (添加剤)
 Tinuvin928(BASFジャパン(株)製)   1.1質量部
 GSY-P101(堺化学工業(株)製)       0.25質量部
 Irganox1010(BASFジャパン(株)製)  0.5質量部
 SumilizerGS(住友化学(株)製)     0.24質量部
 アエロジルNAX50(日本アエロジル(株)製)    0.2質量部
 シーホスターKEP-30((株)日本触媒製)    0.02質量部
 得られた混合物を、二軸式押出機にて235℃で溶融混練して、ストランド状に押し出した。ストランド状に押し出された樹脂組成物を水冷した後、カッティングしてペレットを得た。
<Composition of the mixture>
(Resin composition)
Acrylic resin A1 obtained in Synthesis Example 1 (dried at 90 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a water content of 1000 ppm) 65 parts by mass Cellulose ester B6 35 parts by mass (additive)
Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 1.1 parts by mass GSY-P101 (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass Irganox 1010 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.5 parts by weight Sumizer GS (Sumitomo Chemical) 0.24 parts by mass Aerosil NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 0.2 parts by mass Sea Hoster KEP-30 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) 0.02 parts by mass It melt-kneaded at 235 degreeC with the extruder, and extruded to strand form. The resin composition extruded in a strand form was cooled with water and then cut to obtain pellets.

 得られたペレットに、温度70℃の除湿空気を5時間以上循環させて乾燥させた後、温度100℃の温度を保ったまま、一軸押出機に投入した。一軸押出機に投入されるペレットの水分量は120ppmであった。 The obtained pellets were dried by circulating dehumidified air at a temperature of 70 ° C. for 5 hours or more, and then put into a single screw extruder while maintaining the temperature at 100 ° C. The moisture content of the pellets charged into the single screw extruder was 120 ppm.

 得られたペレットを用いて、図5に示されるフィルム製造装置を用いてフィルムを製造した。即ち、得られたペレットを、一軸押出機(押出機1)にて235℃で溶融混練した後、Tダイ(ダイ4)から、表面温度が90℃である冷却ローラー5上に押し出した。そして、冷却ローラー5上に押し出された樹脂を、表面の金属層の厚さが2mmである弾性タッチローラー6で押圧した後、冷却ローラー7と冷却ローラー8でさらに冷却して、厚さ60μmのウェブを得た。 Using the obtained pellets, a film was produced using the film production apparatus shown in FIG. That is, the obtained pellets were melt-kneaded at 235 ° C. with a single screw extruder (extruder 1), and then extruded from the T die (die 4) onto the cooling roller 5 having a surface temperature of 90 ° C. And after pressing the resin extruded on the cooling roller 5 with the elastic touch roller 6 whose surface metal layer has a thickness of 2 mm, the resin is further cooled with the cooling roller 7 and the cooling roller 8 to have a thickness of 60 μm. Got the web.

 冷却固化したウェブを剥離ローラー9で剥離した後、ローラー延伸機にてウェブの搬送方向(MD方向)に175℃で、延伸倍率1.6倍(60%)延伸した。得られたフィルムを、予熱ゾーン、延伸ゾーン、保持ゾーン、及び冷却ゾーンを有し、各ゾーン間にニュートラルゾーンをさらに有するテンター延伸機に導入した。そして、テンター延伸機にてフィルムの幅方向(TD方向)に175℃で、延伸倍率1.7倍(70%)延伸した。その後、フィルム温度が30℃となるまで冷却し、テンター延伸機のクリップを外した。そして、フィルムの幅方向の両端部を切り落として、膜厚20μm、フィルム幅2500mmの光学フィルムを得た。 The cooled and solidified web was peeled off by the peeling roller 9 and then stretched by a roller stretching machine at 175 ° C. in the web conveyance direction (MD direction) at a stretching ratio of 1.6 times (60%). The obtained film was introduced into a tenter stretching machine having a preheating zone, a stretching zone, a holding zone, and a cooling zone, and further having a neutral zone between each zone. And it extended | stretched 1.7 times (70%) of draw ratios at 175 degreeC in the width direction (TD direction) of the film with the tenter drawing machine. Then, it cooled until the film temperature became 30 degreeC, and the clip of the tenter stretching machine was removed. And the both ends of the width direction of a film were cut off, and the optical film with a film thickness of 20 micrometers and a film width of 2500 mm was obtained.

 (実施例2~13)
 アクリル樹脂A1の残留未反応モノマー、残留重合開始剤及び残留連鎖移動剤の含有量を変化させるのに、表6に示されるようなアクリル樹脂種に変更した以外は実施例1と同様にして光学フィルムを得た。
(Examples 2 to 13)
In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the content of the residual unreacted monomer, the residual polymerization initiator, and the residual chain transfer agent in the acrylic resin A1 was changed to the acrylic resin type as shown in Table 6. A film was obtained.

 (実施例14~18)
 セルロースエステル樹脂の種類を表6に示すように変更した以外は実施例1と同様にして光学フィルムを得た。
(Examples 14 to 18)
An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the type of cellulose ester resin was changed as shown in Table 6.

 (実施例19~21)
 光学フィルムの膜厚を表6に示すように変更した以外は実施例1と同様にして光学フィルムを得た。
(Examples 19 to 21)
An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the optical film was changed as shown in Table 6.

 (比較例1~5)
 残留未反応モノマー、残留重合開始剤、及び残留連鎖移動剤の含有量が多いアクリル樹脂A6、A10、A14、及びA17を用いた以外は実施例1と同様にして比較例の光学フィルムを得た。
(Comparative Examples 1 to 5)
An optical film of a comparative example was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that acrylic resins A6, A10, A14, and A17 containing a large amount of residual unreacted monomer, residual polymerization initiator, and residual chain transfer agent were used. .

 また、MMAとACMOの組成比(質量%)を30:70に変更したアクリル樹脂A16を用いた以外は実施例1と同様にして比較例の光学フィルムを得た。 Further, an optical film of a comparative example was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that acrylic resin A16 in which the composition ratio (mass%) of MMA and ACMO was changed to 30:70 was used.

 <評価1>
 上記樹脂組成物について、高分子量体生成率Hの算出を行った。
<Evaluation 1>
About the said resin composition, calculation of the high molecular weight body formation rate H was performed.

 (1)高分子量体生成率Hの算出
 試料であるアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを質量比で65:35の割合で含有する樹脂組成物を、SII社製熱分析装置(EXSTAR6000 TG/DTA)を用いて、試料約5~10mgを用い窒素気流中において温度260℃に保ちながら1時間加熱溶融した。
(1) Calculation of high molecular weight product generation rate H A resin composition containing acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin as a sample in a mass ratio of 65:35 is a thermal analyzer manufactured by SII (EXSTAR6000 TG / DTA). The sample was melted by heating for about 1 hour while keeping the temperature at 260 ° C. in a nitrogen stream using about 5 to 10 mg of the sample.

 得られた加熱溶融前後の樹脂組成物を用いて分子量を下記GPCにて測定した。 Using the obtained resin composition before and after heating and melting, the molecular weight was measured by the following GPC.

 GPC測定条件は、以下のとおりである。 GPC measurement conditions are as follows.

 溶媒:   メチレンクロライド
 カラム:  Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度: 0.1質量%
 検出器:  RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:  L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:   1.0ml/min
 校正曲線: 標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=2,800,000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) Mw = 2,800,000-500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.

 図2で示されるように、加熱溶融後のGPCの検出感度値から、加熱溶融前のGPCの検出感度値を引いた検出感度値差を横軸分子量(Mw)に対してプロットし、得られた波形より図3で示される正の差分面積(a)を求めた。正の差分面積(a)は、該樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの検出感度ピーク値を示す分子量値より高分子量側の面積とした。 As shown in FIG. 2, the detection sensitivity value difference obtained by subtracting the detection sensitivity value of GPC before heating and melting from the detection sensitivity value of GPC after heating and melting is plotted against the horizontal axis molecular weight (Mw). The positive difference area (a) shown in FIG. The positive differential area (a) was defined as the area on the high molecular weight side from the molecular weight value indicating the GPC detection sensitivity peak value before heating of the resin composition.

 得られたGPCの波形から上記面積(a)、及び(b)を求めるのに、東ソー(株)製マルチステーションGPC-8020 modelIIを使用して該面積を求めた。 To obtain the above areas (a) and (b) from the obtained GPC waveform, the area was obtained using a multi-station GPC-8020 model II manufactured by Tosoh Corporation.

 高分子量体生成率Hは、上記正の差分面積(a)を前記加熱前のGPCのピーク面積(b)で除した値であり、下記式によって求めた。 The high molecular weight product formation rate H is a value obtained by dividing the positive difference area (a) by the peak area (b) of the GPC before heating, and was obtained by the following formula.

  式 H=(a/b)×100(%)
 <評価2>
 得られた光学フィルムの(2)面荒れ、(3)ゲル状異物の発生について、以下の方法で測定した。いずれの測定も、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RHの雰囲気下で行った。光学フィルムは、あらかじめ温度23℃、相対湿度55%RHの雰囲気下で24時間保存したものを使用した。
Formula H = (a / b) × 100 (%)
<Evaluation 2>
The obtained optical film was measured for (2) surface roughness and (3) generation of gel-like foreign matters by the following method. All measurements were performed in an atmosphere of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. The optical film used was stored in advance in an atmosphere of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH for 24 hours.

 (2)面荒れ
 面荒れとは、流延製膜で得られた光学フィルムの表面が、松の皮状又は乾燥したライスペーパー状のように光学フィルム表面が荒れている状態を指す。
(2) Surface Roughness Surface roughness refers to a state where the surface of the optical film obtained by casting film formation is rough like a pine bark or dry rice paper.

 (面荒れ評価方法)
 光学フィルムに対し45度の角度から点光源の光線を照射し、無地のスクリーンに投影した像を観察し、松の皮状又は乾燥したライスペーパー状の面荒れを目視で確認する。
(Rough surface evaluation method)
The optical film is irradiated with light from a point light source at an angle of 45 degrees, an image projected on a plain screen is observed, and the surface roughness of a pine skin or dried rice paper is visually confirmed.

 ◎・・・延伸前・延伸後で、確認できない
 ○・・・延伸前では確認できるが、延伸すると確認できない
 ×・・・延伸しても、確認できる
 (3)ゲル状異物
 溶融流延製膜で得られた光学フィルムの巻きから1m分を切り出し、蛍光灯の光をフィルムに当て、表面の凹凸反射を目視で確認した。確認した部分を光学顕微鏡で内容を精査し、ゴミ等の外部異物との分離をして、長径(粒子投影像の端部と端部とを結ぶ最も長い直径の長さ)が100μm未満のものをゲル状異物の個数としてカウントした。
◎ ・ ・ ・ Cannot be confirmed before or after stretching ○ ・ ・ ・ Can be confirmed before stretching, but cannot be confirmed when stretched × ・ ・ ・ Can be confirmed even when stretched (3) Gel-like foreign material Melt casting film formation 1 m 2 minutes were cut out from the winding of the optical film obtained in the above, the light of a fluorescent lamp was applied to the film, and the uneven reflection on the surface was visually confirmed. Examine the contents of the confirmed part with an optical microscope, separate it from external foreign substances such as dust, and the major axis (the longest diameter connecting the end part of the particle projection image) is less than 100 μm Was counted as the number of gel-like foreign matters.

 数百個/mレベルのチェック数の場合、適宜評価面積を小さくし、1mに換算した結果をゲル状異物個数とした。 In the case of the number of checks of several hundred pieces / m 2 level, the evaluation area was appropriately reduced and the result converted to 1 m 2 was defined as the number of gel-like foreign matters.

 光学フィルムの構成及び評価結果を表6にまとめて示した。 Table 6 summarizes the structure and evaluation results of the optical film.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
 表6の記載から分かるように、残留未反応モノマー、残留重合開始剤、及び残留連鎖移動剤の含有量を低減し、本発明に係る高分子量体生成率Hが本発明の範囲内にある樹脂組成物を用いて作製した光学フィルムは、薄膜化しても面荒れの発生がなく、同時にゲル状異物も大幅に低減していることが分かる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
As can be seen from the description in Table 6, the content of the residual unreacted monomer, the residual polymerization initiator, and the residual chain transfer agent is reduced, and the high molecular weight product formation rate H according to the present invention is within the scope of the present invention. It can be seen that the optical film produced using the composition does not cause surface roughness even when it is thinned, and at the same time, the gel-like foreign matters are greatly reduced.

 また、セルロースエステル樹脂として、本発明に係るa値が好ましい範囲内になるように溶媒及びその使用条件を調整して篩に残る晶析物の量を低減し、かつセルロースエステル樹脂中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量を低減した、精製されたセルロースエステル樹脂B4~B6はゲル状異物の低減に効果が大きいことが分かる。 Further, as the cellulose ester resin, the amount of crystallized matter remaining on the sieve is reduced by adjusting the solvent and its use conditions so that the value a according to the present invention is within the preferred range, and the alkali metal in the cellulose ester resin Alternatively, it can be seen that the purified cellulose ester resins B4 to B6 having a reduced group 2 element content have a great effect in reducing gel-like foreign substances.

 また、光学フィルムの膜厚は15~25μmの範囲であることが面荒れの観点で好ましいことが分かる。 It can also be seen that the thickness of the optical film is preferably in the range of 15 to 25 μm from the viewpoint of surface roughness.

 本発明の光沢フィルムは、面荒れの発生がなく、かつゲル状異物の低減した光学フィルムであり、偏光板や液晶表示装置、その他の広範な表示装置に適する。 The glossy film of the present invention is an optical film that does not cause surface roughness and has reduced gel-like foreign matter, and is suitable for polarizing plates, liquid crystal display devices, and other wide display devices.

 1 押出機
 2 フィルター
 3 スタティックミキサー
 4 流延ダイ
 5 冷却ローラー(第1冷却ローラー)
 6 弾性タッチローラー
 7 冷却ローラー(第2冷却ローラー)
 8 冷却ローラー(第3冷却ローラー)
 9 剥離ローラー
 11、13、14、15 搬送ローラー
 10 フィルム
 12 延伸装置
 16 巻取り装置
1 Extruder 2 Filter 3 Static Mixer 4 Casting Die 5 Cooling Roller (First Cooling Roller)
6 Elastic touch roller 7 Cooling roller (second cooling roller)
8 Cooling roller (3rd cooling roller)
9 Peeling roller 11, 13, 14, 15 Conveying roller 10 Film 12 Stretching device 16 Winding device

Claims (6)

 少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを95:5~30:70の範囲内の質量比で含有する樹脂組成物を用いて、溶融流延製膜する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、該樹脂組成物の下記式で定義される高分子量体生成率Hを0~10%の範囲内とすることを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。
 式 H=(a/b)×100(%)
 ここで、Hは、該アクリル樹脂と該セルロースエステル樹脂とを含有する樹脂組成物のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定において、横軸を分子量(Mw)、縦軸を検出感度値としたときに、該樹脂組成物を温度260℃で1時間加熱した後のGPCの検出感度値から、該樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの検出感度値を引いた検出感度値差を横軸分子量(Mw)に対してプロットし、得られた波形の正の差分面積(a)を、前記樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの面積(b)で除した値((a/b)×100(%))である。なお、前記正の差分面積(a)は、該樹脂組成物の加熱前のGPCの検出感度ピーク値を示す分子量値より高分子量側の面積である。
A method for producing an optical film for melt casting using a resin composition containing at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin in a mass ratio within a range of 95: 5 to 30:70, comprising: A method for producing an optical film, characterized in that the high molecular weight product formation rate H defined by the following formula is within the range of 0 to 10%.
Formula H = (a / b) × 100 (%)
Here, H is a molecular weight (Mw) on the horizontal axis and a detection sensitivity value on the vertical axis in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement of the resin composition containing the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin. The difference in detection sensitivity value obtained by subtracting the detection sensitivity value of GPC before heating of the resin composition from the detection sensitivity value of GPC after heating the resin composition at a temperature of 260 ° C. for 1 hour is expressed as a molecular weight (Mw ) And the value obtained by dividing the positive difference area (a) of the obtained waveform by the area (b) of GPC before heating of the resin composition ((a / b) × 100 (%)) ). The positive differential area (a) is an area on the higher molecular weight side than the molecular weight value indicating the GPC detection sensitivity peak value before heating of the resin composition.
 前記アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量Mwが、2.0×10~5.0×10の範囲内であり、かつ前記アクリル樹脂の残留未反応モノマーの含有量が100~1000ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the acrylic resin is in the range of 2.0 × 10 4 to 5.0 × 10 5 , and the content of residual unreacted monomer in the acrylic resin is in the range of 100 to 1000 ppm. The method for producing an optical film according to claim 1.  前記アクリル樹脂の残留重合開始剤の含有量が、10~500ppmの範囲内であり、かつ残留連鎖移動剤の含有量が10~500ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。 The content of the residual polymerization initiator of the acrylic resin is in the range of 10 to 500 ppm, and the content of the residual chain transfer agent is in the range of 10 to 500 ppm. The manufacturing method of the optical film of 2.  請求項1から請求項3までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法であって、前記セルロースエステル樹脂を、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒とを混合し、セルロースエステルを沈殿させることにより製造する際に、前記セルロースエステル溶液に含まれる溶媒に対する水の含有率が、10~60質量%の範囲内であり、かつ前記セルロースエステル溶液と前記貧溶媒とを混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値(s)と沈殿したセルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数(t)が、下記式(1)及び(2)を満たすことを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。
 式(1) a=s+0.8t
 式(2) 31≦a≦40
(式中、sは、セルロースエステル溶液と貧溶媒を混合した後の溶媒全体のSP値の数値であり、tは、セルロースエステルのグルコース単位当たりのアシル基総炭素数である。上記0.8tは、SP値に対するアシル基の寄与に関する項である。)
It is a manufacturing method of the optical film as described in any one of Claim 1- Claim 3, Comprising: The said cellulose ester resin is manufactured by mixing a cellulose-ester solution and a poor solvent, and precipitating a cellulose ester. In this case, the content of water with respect to the solvent contained in the cellulose ester solution is in the range of 10 to 60% by mass, and the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent. And the total number of acyl groups (t) per glucose unit of the cellulose ester precipitated satisfies the following formulas (1) and (2).
Formula (1) a = s + 0.8t
Formula (2) 31 ≦ a ≦ 40
(In the formula, s is the SP value of the whole solvent after mixing the cellulose ester solution and the poor solvent, and t is the total number of acyl group carbon atoms per glucose unit of the cellulose ester. 0.8t above) Is a term relating to the contribution of the acyl group to the SP value.)
 前記セルロースエステル樹脂中のアルカリ金属又は第2族元素の含有量が、各々1~150ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。 The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the content of an alkali metal or a Group 2 element in the cellulose ester resin is in the range of 1 to 150 ppm. Manufacturing method.  前記光学フィルムの厚さが、10~35μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムの製造方法。 The method for producing an optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the thickness of the optical film is within a range of 10 to 35 µm.
PCT/JP2013/050971 2012-02-08 2013-01-18 Process for producing optical film Ceased WO2013118566A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012024600 2012-02-08
JP2012-024600 2012-02-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013118566A1 true WO2013118566A1 (en) 2013-08-15

Family

ID=48947335

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/050971 Ceased WO2013118566A1 (en) 2012-02-08 2013-01-18 Process for producing optical film

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2013118566A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2013118566A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220017775A1 (en) * 2018-12-06 2022-01-20 Hoya Lens Thailand Ltd. Optical member, curable composition, and production method for optical member

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11337731A (en) * 1998-05-26 1999-12-10 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Method for manufacturing retardation plate and production apparatus for retardation plate
JP2008050581A (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-03-06 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose acylate film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008095027A (en) * 2006-10-13 2008-04-24 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose film, optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2008062610A1 (en) * 2006-11-25 2008-05-29 Konica Minolta Opto, Inc. Process for producing optical film, cellulose ester film, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display
JP2008138015A (en) * 2006-11-29 2008-06-19 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose acylate composition, cellulose acylate film, optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2009125975A (en) * 2007-11-20 2009-06-11 Japan Steel Works Ltd:The Method for removing foreign substances contained in thermoplastic resin
JP2009249574A (en) * 2008-04-09 2009-10-29 Daicel Chem Ind Ltd Production method for acylate mixed with cellulose of high substitution degree
JP2009286930A (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-10 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2010122340A (en) * 2008-11-18 2010-06-03 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, method for forming the same, polarizing plate using them, and liquid crystal display device
JP2011232428A (en) * 2010-04-26 2011-11-17 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Inclined retardation film and liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11337731A (en) * 1998-05-26 1999-12-10 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Method for manufacturing retardation plate and production apparatus for retardation plate
JP2008050581A (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-03-06 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose acylate film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008095027A (en) * 2006-10-13 2008-04-24 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose film, optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2008062610A1 (en) * 2006-11-25 2008-05-29 Konica Minolta Opto, Inc. Process for producing optical film, cellulose ester film, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display
JP2008138015A (en) * 2006-11-29 2008-06-19 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose acylate composition, cellulose acylate film, optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2009125975A (en) * 2007-11-20 2009-06-11 Japan Steel Works Ltd:The Method for removing foreign substances contained in thermoplastic resin
JP2009249574A (en) * 2008-04-09 2009-10-29 Daicel Chem Ind Ltd Production method for acylate mixed with cellulose of high substitution degree
JP2009286930A (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-10 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2010122340A (en) * 2008-11-18 2010-06-03 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, method for forming the same, polarizing plate using them, and liquid crystal display device
JP2011232428A (en) * 2010-04-26 2011-11-17 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Inclined retardation film and liquid crystal display device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220017775A1 (en) * 2018-12-06 2022-01-20 Hoya Lens Thailand Ltd. Optical member, curable composition, and production method for optical member

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2013118566A1 (en) 2015-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5200977B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, optical film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device and method for melt casting film formation of cellulose ester film
KR20090086079A (en) Manufacturing method of optical film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
KR20090063234A (en) Transverse electric field switching mode liquid crystal display device
WO2007102340A1 (en) Polarizer protection film, polarizing plate and vertically aligned liquid crystal display
KR20100105689A (en) Film containing acrylic resin, polarizer comprising the same, and liquid-crystal display
JP5262256B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6123677B2 (en) Optical film and manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2014136529A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate containing same and vertical alignment liquid crystal display device
JP5304597B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2009251018A (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal device
KR20090077786A (en) Manufacturing method of IPS type liquid crystal display device and IPS type liquid crystal display device
CN101874067B (en) Cellulose ester film, method for producing cellulose ester film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP5888040B2 (en) Polarizing plate protective film and method for producing the same, and polarizing plate and display device using the same
JPWO2014068802A1 (en) Optical film and optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6024662B2 (en) Manufacturing method of optical film
JP2009251094A (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2013118566A1 (en) Process for producing optical film
JP2010217846A (en) Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and melt-cast film forming method of cellulose ester film
JP5594348B2 (en) Method for producing cellulose ester film
JP2010032655A (en) Phase difference film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing phase difference film
JPWO2011055603A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
KR101332882B1 (en) Polarizing plate and production method therefor
KR20090107496A (en) Manufacturing method of optical film, optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
JP5494331B2 (en) Melt cast film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2011111484A1 (en) Method for producing cellulose ester, cellulose ester, and cellulose ester film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13746903

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013557456

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13746903

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1